As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2005.
Registration No. 33-11371
File No. 811-4982


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 Pre-Effective Amendment No.                         [ ]
                             --
 Post-Effective Amendment No. 47                     [X]
             and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE                     [X]
 INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
        Amendment No. 49
(Check appropriate box or boxes)

           ----------

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

789 NORTH WATER STREET
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code (414) 347-7777

NICOLE J. BEST
Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer
Heartland Group, Inc.
789 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copy to:
CONRAD G. GOODKIND, ESQ.
Quarles & Brady LLP
411 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

[ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[X] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[ ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

[ ] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a
previously filed post-effective amendment


[LOGO] Heartland Funds
AMERICA'S VALUE INVESTOR(R)

SELECT VALUE FUND

VALUE PLUS FUND

VALUE FUND

MAY 1, 2005

Not Part of Prospectus


PROSPECTUS/MAY 1, 2005

This prospectus contains information you should know about the following mutual fund portfolios of Heartland Group, Inc. (the "Funds") before you invest. Each Fund is a no-load fund. Investors pay no sales fees to purchase their shares. Investments for each of the Funds are selected on a value basis.

Heartland Select Value Fund

Its investment objective is long-term capital appreciation. Although this Fund invests in a limited number of stocks, it will consider companies of all market capitalization sizes.

Heartland Value Plus Fund

Its investment objectives are long-term capital appreciation and modest current income. This Fund seeks to achieve its objectives primarily through investing in a limited number of small company stocks that we believe have the ability to pay a dividend to stockholders.

Heartland Value Fund

Its investment objective is long-term capital appreciation. This Fund seeks to achieve its objective through investing in small company stocks.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved the shares of these Funds or any other mutual fund, nor determined whether this or any other prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
RISK/RETURN SUMMARY:  INVESTMENTS, RISKS AND PERFORMANCE......................3
   The Heartland Investment Philosophy........................................3
   Select Value Fund..........................................................3
   Value Plus Fund............................................................6
   Value Fund.................................................................8
   Fees and Expenses of the Funds............................................10
   Investment Returns........................................................11

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS......................................................12
   Heartland Group...........................................................12
   Heartland Advisors........................................................12

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS.........................17
   Value Investing the Heartland Way.........................................17
   Smaller Company Securities................................................18
   Temporary Positions.......................................................19
   Other Investment Strategies and Investment Risks..........................19
   Portfolio Turnover........................................................22
   Portfolio Holdings........................................................23
   Changes to Investment Goals...............................................23
   Historic Performance......................................................23

HOW TO INVEST................................................................25
   How to Purchase Shares....................................................25
   How to Redeem Shares......................................................27
   How to Receive Account Information........................................28

ACCOUNT POLICIES.............................................................28
   Purchasing Shares.........................................................29
   Redeeming Shares..........................................................30
   Exchanging Shares.........................................................33
   Other Policies............................................................33
   Share Price...............................................................34

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND REPORTING........................................35
   Heartland Value Source(TM)................................................35
   Investment Reports and Prospectuses.......................................36
   Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions..................................36
   Taxes.....................................................................37
   Privacy Policy............................................................37
   Financial Highlights......................................................38

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of a bank, nor insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other governmental agency. It is not designed to be a complete investment program, and while you may make money, you can also lose money. Each Fund's share price will fluctuate.

2

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY: INVESTMENTS, RISKS AND PERFORMANCE

THE HEARTLAND INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY

The Heartland Family of Funds uses a value investment philosophy to select equity securities. The Funds search for under-researched, under-followed, or under-valued securities. As value investors, we seek to capitalize on inefficiencies in the financial markets by investing in stocks whose current market prices are at significant discounts to our evaluation of their true or intrinsic value, which is the amount we believe a company would be worth in a going-private or buyout scenario. In assessing the intrinsic value of a company, we examine its cash flows and use other traditional valuation measures such as price-to-book value, price-to-earnings ratio, price-to-cash flow ratio and earnings growth.

The Heartland Approach to Investing. The Funds' investments are selected using Heartland Advisors' proprietary Equity Ten Point Value Investment Grid(TM), a set of strict value criteria:

. Catalyst for recognition
. Low price in relation to earnings
. Low price in relation to cash flow
. Low price in relation to book value
. Financial soundness
. Positive earnings dynamics
. Business strategy
. Capable management and insider ownership
. Value of the company
. Positive technical analysis

Based on an evaluation using the above criteria, a security may show considerable hidden intrinsic value despite a current lack of strong financial metrics, and the Funds may take a limited position in such an opportunistic investment.

Heartland Advisors typically sells securities in the Funds' portfolios when it considers them to be overvalued relative to other investments using the above criteria.

SELECT VALUE FUND

Investment Goal. The Select Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Principal Investment Strategies. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks whose current market prices, in Heartland Advisors' judgment, are undervalued relative to their intrinsic value. The Fund holds a limited number (generally 40 to 60) of common stocks. Heartland Advisors uses its strict value criteria to identify what it believes are the best available investment opportunities for the Select Value Fund. Using a multi-cap approach, the Fund invests in companies of all sizes, although companies normally have market capitalizations in excess of $500 million at the time of purchase. The median market capitalization of the Fund is expected to fluctuate over time depending on Heartland Advisors' perceptions of relative valuations, future prospects and market conditions.

3

Principal Risks. The principal risk of investing in the Select Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline. At times the Fund may invest in stocks of small or mid-sized companies, which are generally more volatile and less liquid than stocks of larger, more established companies.

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund's net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund's share price and investment return.

Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund? The Select Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation from a diversified, actively managed portfolio of stocks of companies of all sizes. The Fund's investment style is constructed to fit the core value portion of an investor's equity portfolio. The Fund is designed for investors who can accept the volatility and other investment risks of the broad-based equity markets, but want an investment strategy that seeks to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

Past Performance. The following tables show historical performance of the Select Value Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the Fund's total returns before taxes have varied from year to year since January 1, 1997. Table II shows how the Fund's average annual total returns both before and after taxes compare to those of two different securities market indices. Through November 30, 2001, Heartland Advisors voluntarily waived a portion of its fees. These waivers are no longer in effect. Without these waivers, the Fund's total returns prior to December 1, 2001 would have been lower. Past performance (before and after taxes) cannot predict or guarantee future results.

TABLE I
Select Value Fund - Year-by-Year Total Returns

                                     [CHART]

                                    Bar Chart

 1997   1998   1999    2000    2001    2002     2003    2004
-----   ----   ----   -----   -----   ------   -----   -----
22.91%  1.73%  1.95%  30.63%  16.43%  -13.85%  35.66%  17.02%

Best Quarter: Q2 '03 23.10%
Worst Quarter: Q3 '02 -20.18%

4

TABLE II
Select Value Fund - Average Annual Total Returns
(for the periods ended 12/31/04)

                                                                 Life of Fund
                                            1 Year   5 Years   (since 10/11/96)
                                            ------   -------   ----------------
Return Before Taxes                         17.02%    15.77%        13.26%
Return After Taxes on Distributions         16.86%    15.50%        12.42%
Return After Taxes on Distributions         11.28%    13.74%        11.23%
   and Sale of Fund Shares
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index/(1)/       18.93%    15.47%        15.22%
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses
   or taxes)
S&P 500 Index/(2)/                          10.88%    -2.30%         8.66%
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses
   or taxes)

----------

/(1)/ The S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index is a capitalization-weighted index of stocks in the S&P Mid Cap 400 Index that have low price-to-book ratios. For comparison purposes, the value of the S&P Midcap 400 Barra Value Index on September 30, 1996 is used as the beginning value on October 11, 1996.

/(2)/ The S&P 500 Index is an unmanaged capitalization-weighted index of 500 of the largest stocks (in terms of market value) representing 88 separate industries.

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

5

VALUE PLUS FUND

Investment Goal. The Value Plus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and modest current income.

Principal Investment Strategies. The Value Plus Fund invests primarily in a limited number (generally 40 to 60) of equity securities of smaller companies selected on a value basis. The Fund generally invests in dividend-paying common stocks and may also invest in preferred stocks and convertible securities, which may provide income to the Fund. The Fund primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $300 million and $2 billion at the time of purchase.

Principal Risks. The principal risk of investing in the Value Plus Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund's net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund's share price and investment return.

Investing in the equity securities of smaller cap companies involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. In general, the prices of securities of smaller companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, they may have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decreases. There is no assurance that the income-producing features of the securities in which the Fund invests will reduce the risks associated with investing in small companies or the Fund's volatility.

Who Should Consider Investing in the Fund? The Value Plus Fund is designed for investors who seek capital appreciation from small company stocks that may produce modest dividend income. It is designed for long-term investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies. It is designed for investors who want an investment strategy that seeks to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

Past Performance. The following tables show historical performance of the Value Plus Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the Fund's total returns before taxes have varied from year to year for the past 10 years. Table II shows how the Fund's average annual total returns both before and after taxes compare to those of two different securities market indices. Past performance (before and after taxes) cannot predict or guarantee future results.

6

TABLE I
Value Plus Fund - Year-by-Year Total Returns

                                     [CHART]

                                    Bar Chart

 1995    1996    1997    1998    1999    2000    2001    2002    2003    2004
-----   -----   -----   ------   ----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
24.39%  33.80%  30.60%  -10.78%  1.67%  -8.83%  34.76%  -3.79%  53.56%  16.98%

Best Quarter: Q2 '03 23.86%
Worst Quarter: Q3 '02 -17.59%

TABLE II
Value Plus Fund - Average Annual Total Returns
(for the periods ended 12/31/04)

                                                                            Life of Fund
                                            1 Year   5 Years   10 Years   (Since 10/26/93)
                                            ------   -------   --------   ----------------
Return Before Taxes                         16.98%    16.25%    15.39%         13.66%
Return After Taxes on Distributions         16.52%    15.77%    13.76%         12.03%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and     11.64%    14.05%    12.69%         11.11%
   Sale of Fund Shares
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Russell 2000 Value Index/(1)/ (reflects
   no deduction for fees, expenses or
   taxes)                                   22.25%    17.23%   15.17%          13.45%
Russell 2000 Index/(2)/ (reflects no
   deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   18.33%     6.61%   11.53%          10.23%


/(1)/ The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those companies within the Russell 2000 Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values, and is considered representative of the market for small cap "value" stocks as opposed to "growth" stocks.

/(2)/ The Russell 2000 Index is an unmanaged index of stocks consisting of the smaller two-thirds of the 3,000 largest publicly traded U.S. companies, and is considered representative of the small cap market.

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

7

VALUE FUND

Investment Goal. The Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation through investing in small companies.

Principal Investment Strategies. The Value Fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion selected on a value basis, and may invest a significant portion of its assets in micro-capitalization companies, i.e., those with market capitalizations of less than $300 million at the time of purchase.

Principal Risks. The principal risk of investing in the Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. In general, the prices of securities of smaller companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, they may have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decreases.

Who Should Consider Investing in The Fund? The Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation from small company stocks. It is designed for investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies. It is designed for investors who want an investment strategy that seeks to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

Past Performance. The following tables show historical performance of the Value Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the Fund's total returns before taxes have varied from year to year over the past 10 years. Table II shows how the Fund's average annual total returns both before and after taxes compare to those of two different securities market indices. Past performance (before and after taxes) cannot predict or guarantee future results.

8

TABLE I
Value Fund - Year-by-Year Total Returns

                                     [CHART]

                                    Bar Chart

 1995    1996    1997    1998     1999   2000    2001    2002     2003   2004
-----   -----   -----   ------   -----   ----   -----   ------   -----   ----
29.80%  20.99%  23.19%  -11.46%  25.01%  2.03%  29.45%  -11.49%  70.16%  9.11%

Best Quarter: Q2 '03 35.42%

Worst Quarter: Q3 '02 -20.34%

TABLE II
Value Fund - Average Annual Total Returns
(for the periods ended 12/31/04)

                                                                            Life of Fund
                                            1 Year   5 Years   10 Years   (Since 12/28/84)
                                            ------   -------   --------   ----------------
Return Before Taxes                          9.11%   16.76%     16.61%         15.91%
Return After Taxes on Distributions          6.49%   14.49%     14.48%         13.81%
Return After Taxes on Distribution and       7.33%   13.63%     13.74%         13.33%
   Sale of Fund Shares
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Russell 2000 Value Index/(1)/
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses
   or taxes)                                22.25%   17.23%     15.17%         13.99%
Russell 2000 Index/(2)/
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses
   or taxes)                                18.33%    6.61%     11.53%         11.59%


/(1)/ The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those companies within the Russell 2000 Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values, and is considered representative of the market for small cap "value" stocks as opposed to "growth" stocks.

/(2)/ The Russell 2000 Index is an unmanaged index of stocks consisting of the smaller two-thirds of the 3,000 largest publicly traded U.S. companies.

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

9

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS

This summary describes the fees and expenses that you would pay if you buy and hold shares of the Funds.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment).

                                            Select
                                             Value   Value Plus   Value
                                             Fund       Fund       Fund
                                            ------   ----------   -----
Maximum sales charge (load)
   imposed on purchases                      None       None       None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load)         None       None       None
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed
   on reinvested dividends/ distributions    None       None       None
Redemption Fee/(1)/                          None       None       None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets).

                                            Select
                                             Value   Value Plus   Value
                                             Fund       Fund       Fund
                                            ------   ----------   -----
Management fees                              0.75%      0.70%     0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                    0.25%      0.25%     0.25%
Other expenses, including interest
   expense                                   0.33%      0.28%     0.20%
                                             ----       ----      ----
Total annual Fund operating expenses         1.33%      1.23%     1.20%

----------

/(1)/ You will be assessed an early redemption fee equal to 2% of the then-current net asset value of any shares of the Funds that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after they were purchased. See "Redeeming Shares - Early Redemption Fee." In addition, you will be charged a service fee (currently $6.50) if you request that your redemption proceeds be wired to your bank account and a delivery charge (currently $12.00) if you request that your redemption proceeds be sent by express mail. In addition, redemptions through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary may be subject to special fees and charges imposed by the broker-dealer or other intermediary.

10

Example. (This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Funds with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in each Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that (a) your investment has a 5% return each year, and (b) each Fund's total annual fund operating expenses remain the same as shown in the preceding table. The assumed return in the example does not represent actual or future performance, and your actual cost of investing in the Funds may be higher or

lower.)

                                                   Select       Value      Value
                                                 Value Fund   Plus Fund    Fund
                                                 ----------   ---------   ------
One Year                                           $  135       $  125    $  122
Three Years                                        $  421       $  390    $  381
Five Years                                         $  729       $  676    $  660
Ten Years                                          $1,601       $1,489    $1,455

INVESTMENT RETURNS


Portfolio Performance vs. Index Performance. The information about each Fund's past performance includes a comparison of the Fund's average annual total returns to a broad-based market index believed to be representative of the Fund's portfolio. An index is not available for direct investment, and past performance cannot guarantee or predict future results. Unlike an index, each Fund is affected by operating expenses and cash flow activity caused by daily purchases and redemptions. In addition, a Fund's investment portfolio will differ from the index in terms of the specific securities it holds and in terms of the number and size of holdings or securities, their relative sector and industry weightings, the market capitalization of individual securities and the median capitalization of the index and the Fund overall. For these reasons, the performance of each Fund will vary from that of its comparative index. Fee waivers may have been in effect for the Funds during the periods in which performance information is presented. Without fee waivers, the Funds' returns and yields would have been lower.


Definitions. Total return measures the change in the share price of a Fund and assumes the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains. Cumulative total return is actual return for a given period, but does not indicate how much return fluctuated during the period. Average annual total return is the hypothetical constant annual return that would have produced a Fund's cumulative return for a given period. It should not be confused with actual annual returns, the sum of which over a given period produces a Fund's cumulative total return. After-tax returns measure the impact of assumed federal income taxes calculated using highest historical individual federal marginal rates. Return after taxes on distributions measures the effect of taxable distributions, but assumes the underlying shares are held for the entire period. Return after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares shows the effect of both taxable distributions and any taxable gain or loss that would be realized if the underlying shares were purchased at the beginning and sold at the end of the period. After tax returns do not reflect state or local taxes and actual after tax returns depend on the investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown.

11

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

HEARTLAND GROUP

The Funds are mutual fund series of Heartland Group, Inc. ("Heartland"). For each of the Funds, the shares offered by this prospectus are a "no-load" class. No other classes of shares have been authorized at this time.

Under applicable law, the Board of Directors is responsible for management of Heartland and provides broad supervision over its affairs. Pursuant to Heartland's Bylaws, the Board delegates day-to-day responsibility for the management of the Funds to Heartland's officers. The Board meets regularly to review the Funds' investments, performance and expenses. It elects the officers of Heartland and hires the Funds' service providers, including the Funds' investment advisor, transfer agent and distributor. As a matter of policy, Heartland requires that 75% of its Board members and Chairman of the Board be independent of the Funds' investment advisor, transfer agent and distributor.

Heartland, Heartland Advisors, Inc., Heartland's investment advisor, and Heartland Investor Services, LLC, Heartland's distributor, each have adopted a code of ethics designed to ensure, among other things, that the interests of Fund shareholders take precedence over personal interests of their respective directors, officers and employees. Under their respective codes, personal investment activities are subject to limitations designed to avoid both actual and perceived conflicts of interest with the investment activities of the Funds.

HEARTLAND ADVISORS

Founded in 1982 by William J. Nasgovitz, Heartland Advisors, Inc., America's Value Investor(R) , is an independent firm indirectly owned by its employees through Heartland Holdings, Inc. Heartland Advisors manages the Funds' investments subject to the authority of and supervision by the Board of Directors of Heartland. Heartland Advisors also provides various administrative services to the Funds. In addition to managing the Heartland family of equity mutual funds, Heartland Advisors provides investment advisory services to individuals, institutions and retirement plans. As of March 1, 2005, Heartland Advisers had approximately $3.0 billion of assets under its discretionary management. Its principal offices are located at, and its mailing address is, 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Heartland Advisors may pay, from its own assets, retirement plan service providers, brokers, banks, financial advisors and other financial intermediaries fees for providing recordkeeping, subaccounting, transaction processing and other administrative services to their customers in connection with investments in the Funds. The amount of these payments is determined by Heartland Advisors and may differ for different financial intermediaries. These fees may be in addition to any distribution, administrative or shareholder servicing fees paid from the Funds' assets to these financial intermediaries. From time to time, and in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, Heartland Advisors may also provide non-cash compensation, such as gifts, meals, tickets or event sponsorship, to representatives of various intermediaries who sell Fund shares or

12

provide services to Fund shareholders. The receipt of these fees and/or non-cash compensation may provide an incentive to a financial intermediary, or its representatives, to favor sales of a Heartland Fund over sales of other financial products. These arrangements will not, however, change the price a shareholder pays for Fund shares or the amount that a Fund receives to invest on behalf of the shareholder.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Select Value Fund. The Select Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, consisting of Hugh F. Denison, David C. Fondrie and Theodore D. Baszler. The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Select Value Fund.

Mr. Denison has served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund and as a Portfolio Manager and Senior Vice President for Heartland Advisors since March 2004. He previously was Shareholder Ombudsman for Heartland Advisors from January 1996 to March 2004. Mr. Denison served as Vice President, Director of Research and Portfolio Manager for Heartland Advisors from 1988 to 1996. Mr. Denison was also a director of Heartland Group, Inc. from May 1989 to November 2003.

Mr. Fondrie, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. Mr. Fondrie has served as Director of Research for Heartland Advisors since 2001, having joined the firm in December 1994 as an Equity Research Analyst. Previously, he had been President of Casino Resource Corporation from 1993 to 1994, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ransomes, Inc. from 1987 to 1991, and a Senior Manager with Price Waterhouse from 1976 to 1987.

Mr. Baszler, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. He has been a Portfolio Manager for Heartland Advisors since 2001, after serving as a Research Analyst and Associate Portfolio Manager from 2000 to 2001 and a Senior Mutual Funds Accountant from 1994 to 2000. Prior to joining Heartland Advisors, Mr. Baszler had been a Senior Investment Accountant with Firstar Trust Company from 1990 to 1994.

Value Plus Fund. The Value Plus Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which currently consists of D. Rodney Hathaway, William J. Nasgovitz and Eric J. Miller. The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Value Plus Fund.

Mr. Hathaway, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Plus Fund since January 2002. Mr. Hathaway is a Vice President of Heartland Advisors, having joined the firm as an equity analyst in November 1997. Previously, he had been an equity research analyst with Banc One Investment Advisors from December 1994 to November 1997 and an equity research analyst at Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated from September 1993 to December 1994.

13

Mr. Nasgovitz has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Plus Fund since April 2003. He has also served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since commencement of its operations. Mr. Nasgovitz has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors since founding it in 1982 and is the President and a Director of Heartland.

Mr. Miller, a Certified Management Accountant (CMA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Plus Fund since April 2003. He has also served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since July 1997 and served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund from September 1999 to September 2004. Mr. Miller, who also serves as a Portfolio Manager for advisory clients, is a Senior Vice President and a Director of Heartland Advisors, having joined the firm as a research analyst in January 1994, and since January 2004 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland. Prior to that time, Mr. Miller had been with American Appraisal Associates, Inc. since 1986, serving as Vice President, Head of U.S. Appraisal Operations.

Value Fund. The Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which currently consists of William J. Nasgovitz, Eric J. Miller and Bradford A. Evans. The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Value Fund.

Mr. Nasgovitz has been a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since commencement of its operations. He has also served on the investment management team for the Value Plus Fund since April 2003. Mr. Nasgovitz has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors since founding it in 1982 and is the President and a Director of Heartland.

Mr. Miller, a Certified Management Accountant (CMA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since July 1997. He has also served on the investment management team for the Value Plus Fund since April 2003 and served as a portfolio manager of the Select Value Fund from September 1999 to September 2004. Mr. Miller, who also serves as a Portfolio Manager for advisory clients, is a Senior Vice President and a Director of Heartland Advisors, having joined the firm as a research analyst in January 1994, and since January 2004 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland. Prior to that time, Mr. Miller had been with American Appraisal Associates, Inc. since 1986, serving as Vice President, Head of U.S. Appraisal Operations.

Mr. Evans, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a portfolio manager of the Value Fund since June 2004. Mr. Evans is a Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Heartland Advisors, having rejoined the firm in June 2004 after serving as Vice President and Research Analyst for High Rock Capital, LLC from April 2001 to June 2004. He had previously been employed by Heartland Advisors from January 1996 to April 2001, first as a Research Associate and then as a Research Analyst. Mr. Evans graduated, with honors, from the University of Wisconsin in 1995, with a B.A. in International Relations, Russian and Political Science.

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for the Funds provides additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts they manage and the portfolio managers' ownership of shares of the Funds.

14

Fund Ownership by Employees of Heartland Advisors. As of December 31, 2004, employees of Heartland Advisors, including the portfolio managers of the Funds, had more than $13.0 million invested across all of the Funds, which includes shares held directly and in retirement accounts. Heartland's independent directors are also invested in the Funds.

Management Fee and Expense Limitation. For Heartland Advisors' investment management services, each of the Funds pays an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, computed as a percentage of each Fund's average daily net assets. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Funds paid the following advisory fees which are set forth as a percentage of average daily net assets:

Fund                                                                Advisory Fee
----                                                                ------------
Select Value Fund                                                       0.75%
Value Plus Fund                                                         0.70%
Value Fund                                                              0.75%

From time to time, Heartland Advisors may waive fees paid to it by a Fund and/or pay other Fund ordinary operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, interest and taxes) to the extent necessary to ensure that the Fund's total annual ordinary operating expenses do not exceed a certain percentage of average net assets. Heartland Advisors may modify or discontinue these waivers and/or reimbursements at any time without notice. Waivers and reimbursements have the effect of lowering a Fund's overall expense ratio and increasing the Fund's overall return to investors.

Rule 12b-1 Fees. Each Fund has adopted a plan under Rule 12b-1 whereby the Fund pays the Fund's principal underwriter and distributor, Heartland Investor Services, LLC (the "Distributor"), an amount up to 0.25% of the Fund's average daily net assets, computed on an annual basis and paid monthly, as reimbursement for the expenses incurred by the Distributor in distributing the Fund's shares and providing certain shareholder services. All or a portion of these fees may be paid, pursuant to contractual commitments, to brokers, dealers, banks and others who provide various services to its customers who hold Fund shares. Among others, these services may include: (1) establishing, maintaining and processing changes in shareholder accounts; (2) answering shareholder inquiries; (3) distributing prospectuses, reports, advertising and sales literature; and (4) preparing account statements and confirmations. Because the fee is paid out of a Fund's assets on an ongoing basis, fees paid under the Rule 12b-1 plan will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more over time than paying other types of sales charges imposed by some mutual funds.

Litigation. On July 18, 2002, pursuant to a stipulation and following a fairness hearing, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin approved a settlement of a consolidated class action brought by shareholders of the Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund and the Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund (together, the "High-Yield Funds"), in which Heartland Group, Inc. ("Heartland"), Heartland Advisors, the High-Yield Funds and certain other parties were named as defendants. The litigation arose out of a repricing of the securities in the High-Yield Funds in October 2000. Under the

15

terms of the settlement, Heartland, Heartland Advisors, the High-Yield Funds and certain related parties were dismissed and released from all claims in the class action upon establishment of a settlement fund for the benefit of the class plaintiffs. Neither Heartland nor any of its Funds, directors or officers were required to contribute to the settlement fund (although the Advisor did make substantial contribution to facilitate settlement). Subsequently, all other suits filed by persons who opted out of the class action settlement were also settled without any contribution from Heartland, its Funds, directors or officers. The High-Yield Funds, which had been in receivership since March 2001, were liquidated in December 2004.

On December 11, 2003, the SEC filed a civil complaint in United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Civil Action No. 03C1427) relating to the High-Yield Funds against Heartland Advisors; William J. Nasgovitz, President of Heartland Advisors, President and a director of Heartland, and a member of the Heartland Value Plus and Value Funds' portfolio management teams; Paul T. Beste, Chief Operating Officer of Heartland Advisors and Vice President of Heartland; Kevin D. Clark, an officer of Heartland Advisors; Hugh F. Denison, a former director of Heartland, who presently serves as Senior Vice President of Heartland Advisors and is a member of the portfolio management team for the Heartland Select Value Fund; certain former officers of Heartland Advisors; and others.

The SEC alleges various violations of the federal securities laws with respect to the pricing of securities owned by the High-Yield Funds and the related calculation of the High-Yield Funds' net asset value per share from March 2000 to March 2001; disclosures in the prospectus, other SEC filings and promotional materials for the High-Yield Funds relating to risk management, credit quality, liquidity and pricing; breach of fiduciary duty; the sale in September and October 2000 by certain individual defendants of shares of the High-Yield Funds while in possession of material, non-public information about those funds; and the disclosure of material, non-public information to persons who effected such sales. The SEC seeks civil penalties and disgorgement of all gains received by the defendants as a result of the conduct alleged in the complaint, a permanent injunction against the defendants from further violations of the applicable federal securities laws, and such other relief as the court deems appropriate.

In February 2004, Heartland Advisors and Messrs. Nasgovitz, Beste, Denison and Clark filed their answers to the SEC's complaint, denying the allegations and claims made therein and raising affirmative defenses.

The complaint does not involve Heartland, the Select Value, Value Plus or Value Funds, any portfolio manager of the Funds (other than Mr. Nasgovitz and Mr. Denison) or any of the current independent directors of Heartland. However, an adverse outcome for Heartland Advisors and/or its officers named in the complaint could result in an injunction that would bar Heartland Advisors from serving as investment adviser to the Funds or bar such officers from continuing to serve in their official capacities for Heartland Advisors. Heartland Advisors has advised the Funds that, if these results occur, Heartland Advisors will seek exemptive relief from the SEC to permit it to continue serving as investment advisor to the Funds. There is no assurance that the SEC will grant such exemptive relief.

16

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS

Heartland Advisors, America's Value Investor(R) , selects investments for the Funds that it believes are undervalued as measured by sets of criteria known as Heartland Advisors' Ten-Point Value Investment Grids(TM) . The portfolios of the Heartland Funds are actively managed. Although no one can predict a Fund's future performance, Heartland Advisors believes that the "value" style of investing will outperform the "growth" style of investing over extended periods, which may include bear markets as well as volatile or "sideways moving" markets. The value style may under perform in markets that favor faster growing companies.

This section of the Prospectus describes general investment strategies and investment risks common to all of the Funds. For a description of the principal investment strategies and investment risks unique to each Fund, please refer to the earlier section in this Prospectus captioned "Risk/Return Summary:
Investments, Risks and Performance."

VALUE INVESTING THE HEARTLAND WAY

Heartland Advisors' Equity Ten-Point Value Investment Grid(TM) consists of the following criteria for selecting equity securities. We apply these ten evaluation criteria to companies we are considering for purchase or sale by the Funds. We re-evaluate our holdings against this grid. If a stock's valuation increases or any of the fundamentals change, it may result in the issue no longer meeting our investment criteria, and thus becoming a candidate for sale.

. Catalyst for Recognition. To maximize total return, we not only look for undervalued securities, but try to anticipate events which will close the gap between a stock's price and its intrinsic value. Such a catalyst could be a large repurchase plan, new products, new technology, margin expansion, or merger activity within the company's industry.

. Low Price in Relation to Earnings. We look for a stock's price/earnings (P/E) ratio to be less than the market's average. If the stock is then "discovered" by Wall Street, the low P/E may provide an opportunity for a sharp price increase. Also, low P/E stocks historically have experienced less downside risk if the market drops.

. Low Price in Relation to Cash Flow. A strong cash flow gives a company greater financial flexibility. A high discretionary cash flow, after capital expenditures and dividends, is especially attractive.

. Low Price in Relation to Book Value. The stock should be selling at a low price to its book value, which is equal to total assets minus all liabilities.

. Financial Soundness. Long-term debt should generally be low relative to total capitalization. During difficult periods, a company's cash flow could be directed to investments in operations rather than interest expense. A highly leveraged balance sheet might restrict a company's financial flexibility.

17

. Positive Earnings Dynamics. We favor companies with improving earnings or upwardly trending estimates.

. Business Strategy. We evaluate management's strategy for growing their business. Why does management believe their strategy will be successful, and why do we?

. Capable Management and Insider Ownership. Capable management will demonstrate an ability to effectively implement business strategies. Additionally, we believe meaningful and increasing ownership by officers and directors validates the business plan, demonstrates their personal commitment to achieving their designated business goals and aligns their long-term interest with the shareholders' interest.

. Value of the Company. From the universe of stocks, why is this one a compelling value? The use of traditional valuation parameters, such as comparative Price/Earnings, Price/Book, Enterprise Value/EBITDA/(1)/, Price/Sales and Return on Equity, may determine the appreciation potential of the security. A franchise value or brand name that cannot be replicated, or hidden assets that are not reflected on the balance sheet or recognized in the market, are other indications of value.

. Positive Technical Analysis. Technical analysis should indicate that a stock is presently attractive for investing without undue speculation. We typically seek "bases" in a stock's price pattern, with the belief that speculators will not own the stock or be interested in it at that moment. A stock forms a "base" when its trading range narrows following a movement up, or more typically, down.


/(1)/ Enterprise value means the equity market capitalization plus funded debt, less cash; EBITDA means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.

Although the Funds use the same evaluation criteria in selecting securities for their portfolios, the Funds do not necessarily own the same securities. The Funds have different investment objectives and principal strategies that cause the Funds' holdings to differ. The Funds also have different portfolio managers who exercise independent judgment.

SMALLER COMPANY SECURITIES

Equity securities of the smaller companies in which the Select Value, Value Plus and Value Funds invest involve a higher degree of risk than investments in the broad-based equity markets. In general, the prices of the securities of smaller companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, they may have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. Smaller companies may have relatively lower revenues, limited product lines, less management depth, and a lower share of the market for their products or services as compared to larger companies, any or all of which could give rise to their greater risk. A significant percentage of the outstanding shares of a smaller company

18

may also be held by management, which could cause management to have a greater influence over actions requiring shareholder approval. A Fund's position in securities of a smaller company may be substantial in relation to the public market for such securities. As a result, it may be difficult at times for a Fund to dispose of such securities at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions or other cash needs. The risks of investing in smaller companies generally increase as the size of the companies decreases, and vice versa.

Market Capitalizations of Portfolio Securities. The following table shows the median and weighted average market capitalizations as of December 31, 2004, for the companies whose equity securities are owned by the Funds and for the companies included in the indices that are benchmarks for each of those Funds.

Market Capitalization of Common Stocks Held by the Funds (as of 12/31/04)

                                                   Median       Weighted Average
                                              ---------------   ----------------
Select Value Fund                             $ 4,153 million   $18,999 million
S&P Midcap 400 Barra Value Index              $2,173  million   $ 3,379 million
S&P 500 Index                                 $10,617 million   $91,696 million
Value Plus Fund                               $ 1,111 million   $ 1,719 million
Value Fund                                    $   247 million   $   920 million
Russell 2000 Value Index                      $   595 million   $ 1,062 million
Russell 2000 Index                            $   555 million   $ 1,052 million

TEMPORARY POSITIONS

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, each Fund may temporarily invest, without limitation, in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent a Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested. The level of liquid reserves in the Funds may vary significantly due to differences in investment judgments made by their portfolio managers.

OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS

In addition to the principal investment strategies discussed above in this prospectus, each Fund may engage in other non-principal investment strategies discussed below and in its statement of additional information. Unless otherwise stated, investment policies and limitations set forth below and elsewhere in this prospectus or the statement of additional information that are described in terms of percentages apply at the time of purchase of a security.

19

Change or Influence Control over Portfolio Companies. As a shareholder of a portfolio company, each Fund reserves the right to freely communicate its views as a shareholder on matters of policy to the company's management, board of directors and other shareholders when a policy may affect the value of the Fund's investment. In exercising this right, each of the Funds may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company's management. For example, a Fund might take steps, either individually or as part of a group, (a) to actively support, oppose or influence a company's decision-making, (b) to seek changes in a company's management or board of directors, (c) to effect the sale of all or some of a company's assets, or (d) to vote to participate in or oppose a takeover of a portfolio company or an acquisition by a portfolio company. A Fund would engage in such activities in an effort to protect and maximize the value of its investment on behalf of the Fund's shareholders. The extent to which a Fund might invest for purposes of changing or influencing control of management would depend, among other things, on facts and circumstances specific to the issuer as well as general market conditions.

Investing for purposes of changing or influencing control of management could result in additional expense to a Fund, including expenses associated with operational or regulatory requirements and the ongoing cost of potential litigation. It could also restrict a Fund's ability to freely dispose of the securities of a portfolio company with respect to which it is deemed to be investing to affect control, which might adversely affect the Fund's liquidity as well as the sales price of those securities. Finally, greater public disclosure is required regarding a Fund's investment and trading strategies in regulatory filings relating to such securities.

It is expected that a Fund would make investments for purposes of changing or influencing control only on a selective basis when Heartland Advisors believes it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

Illiquid Securities. No Fund will purchase a security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities. The term "illiquid security" includes any security that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued it. Each Fund may invest in financial instruments that are purchased in private placements (that is, transactions in which securities have not been registered under federal law) and that are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or law. Securities issued pursuant to a private placement exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act") may be determined to be liquid by the Heartland Board of Directors. These securities and restricted securities issued under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act that are deemed to be liquid by Heartland Advisors under guidelines established by the Board of Directors are not subject to a Fund's limitation on illiquid securities. Absent such determinations, such securities, and repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, are considered illiquid.

20

Foreign Securities. Each Fund may invest in foreign securities (including depository receipts) traded both within and, to a lesser degree, outside of the United States. Investments in foreign securities may be subject to certain risks in addition to those normally associated with domestic stocks. These risks are greater with respect to companies domiciled in developing countries.

Such risks include adverse political and economic developments or social instability; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes or exchange controls; expropriation or nationalization; currency blockage (which could prevent cash from being brought back to the United States); the impact of exchange rate and foreign currency fluctuations on the market value of foreign securities; more limited availability of public information regarding security issuers; the degree of governmental supervision regarding securities markets; different accounting, auditing and financial standards; difficulties in enforcing legal rights (particularly with regard to depository receipts in which the holders may not have the same rights as shareholders); and the potential for less liquidity and more volatility on foreign securities markets than on United States securities markets. Moreover, brokerage commissions, fees for custodial services and other costs related to foreign investments generally are greater than in the United States. Such markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to settle certain trades. The inability to sell a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in a loss to a Fund if the value of the portfolio security subsequently declined or, if the Fund had entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible claims against the Fund.

Initial Public Offerings. Each Fund may purchase equity securities in initial public offerings ("IPOs"). Such investments may have a magnified performance impact on a Fund due to the typical price volatility of securities sold in IPOs. Investments in IPOs also involve the risks that an active trading market may not develop or be sustained for the securities and that the issuer may not have a significant operating history or may not meet market expectations.

Futures and Options. Each Fund may engage in transactions in options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge against anticipated declines in the market value of portfolio securities and increases in the market value of securities it intends to acquire. Each Fund may also engage in such transactions to protect against exposure to interest rate changes. Finally, the Funds may use these instruments to enhance total return or to invest in eligible asset classes with greater efficiency and lower cost than is believed to be possible through direct investments.

Options and futures can be highly volatile investments and involve certain risks. These strategies require the ability to anticipate future movements in securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors. Heartland Advisors' attempts to use such investments may not be successful and could result in reduction of a Fund's total return. A Fund's potential losses from the use of futures extend beyond its initial investment in such contracts. Each Fund could also experience losses if the prices of its options or futures positions move in a direction different than anticipated, or if the Fund were unable to close out its positions due to disruptions in the market or lack of liquidity. Over-the-counter options generally involve greater credit and liquidity risks

21

than exchange traded options. Options and futures traded on foreign exchanges generally are not regulated by U.S. authorities, and may offer less liquidity and less protection to a Fund if the other party to the contract defaults.

The Funds' use of options and futures and other investment techniques for hedging purposes involves the risk that changes in the value of a hedging investment will not match those of the asset or security being hedged. Hedging is the use of one investment to offset the effects of another investment. Imperfect or no correlation of the values of the hedging instrument and the hedged security or asset might occur because of characteristics of the instruments themselves or unrelated factors involving, for example, the markets on which the instruments are traded. As a result, hedging strategies may not always be successful. While hedging strategies can help reduce or eliminate portfolio losses, they can also reduce or eliminate portfolio gains.

Each Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission.

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities; Forward Commitments. Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and may purchase forward commitments. Although the payment and interest terms of these securities are established at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment, the securities may be delivered and paid for a month or more after the purchase date. The Funds purchase securities in this manner in order to secure an advantageous price and yield but the value of the security could change before settlement. Therefore, although the Funds will make such commitments only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, they may sell the securities before settlement if it is deemed advisable for investment reasons. When-issued or delayed-delivery securities may sometimes be purchased on a "dollar roll" basis, meaning that a Fund will sell securities with a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a future date. Dollar rolls are engaged in when Heartland Advisors believes securities similar to those sold can be purchased a short time later at a lower price.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

A Fund's portfolio turnover rate indicates changes in its portfolio of securities and will vary year to year as well as within a year. The Funds may engage in short-term trading if the anticipated benefits are expected by Heartland Advisors to exceed the transaction costs. Portfolio turnover may also be affected by the sale of portfolio securities to meet cash requirements for redemption of shares of a Fund. High portfolio turnover could result in increases in transaction costs, generate realized capital gains that would be taxable distributions to shareholders, and adversely affect a Fund's performance.

22

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

A description of Heartland's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds' portfolio securities is available in the Funds' Statement of Additional Information.

CHANGES TO INVESTMENT GOALS

Each Fund's investment goal may be changed by Heartland's Board of Directors upon notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

HISTORIC PERFORMANCE

The following tables show how the growth of a hypothetical $10,000 investment in each of the Funds over the 10-year period ended December 31, 2004 (or such shorter period for which the Fund has been in operation) compares to the growth of two different securities market indices. The tables do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on distributions or redemptions of Fund shares. Heartland Advisors voluntarily waived a portion of its fees with respect to the Select Value Fund through November 30, 2001. These waivers are no longer in effect. Without these waivers, the total returns of the Select Value Fund for periods prior to December 1, 2001 would have been lower. Past performance (before and after taxes) cannot predict or guarantee future results.

INDEX DEFINITIONS

The S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index is a capitalization-weighted index of stocks in the S&P MidCap 400 Index that have low price-to-book ratios. For comparison purposes, the value of the S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value Index on September 30, 1996 is used as the beginning value on October 11, 1996.

The S&P 500 Index is an unmanaged capitalization-weighted index of 500 of the largest stocks (in terms of market value) in the U.S. representing 88 separate industries.

The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those companies within the Russell 2000 Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values, and is considered representative of the market for small cap "value" stocks as opposed to "growth" stocks.

The Russell 2000 Index is an unmanaged index of stocks consisted of the smaller two-thirds of the 3,000 largest publicly traded U.S. companies.

It is not possible to invest directly in an index.

Select Value Fund - Growth of $10,000 Since Inception (10/11/96)

[line graph]

           Select Value Fund $27,840   S&P MidCap 400 Barra Value $32,183   S&P 500 $19,794
           -------------------------   ----------------------------------   ---------------
10/11/96           $10,000.00                      $10,000.00                  $10,000.00
12/31/96           $10,500.00                      $10,891.83                  $10,715.10
12/31/97           $12,905.11                      $14,636.81                  $14,290.01
12/31/98           $13,128.84                      $15,320.83                  $18,372.48
12/31/99           $13,384.55                      $15,676.81                  $22,238.41
12/31/00           $17,484.57                      $20,041.73                  $20,213.87
12/28/01           $20,356.95                      $21,472.34                  $17,811.29
12/31/02           $17,537.03                      $19,302.89                  $13,871.92
12/31/03           $23,790.58                      $27,061.85                  $17,851.01
12/31/04           $27,840.48                      $32,182.94                  $19,794.20

23

Value Plus Fund - Growth of $10,000 Investment Over Past 10 Years

[line graph]

  Date     Value Plus Fund $41,864   Russell 2000 Value $41,044   Russell 2000 $29,774
--------   -----------------------   --------------------------   --------------------
12/31/94          $10,000.00                 $10,000.00                $10,000.00
12/31/95          $12,439.42                 $12,574.69                $12,845.08
12/31/96          $16,643.90                 $15,261.57                $14,963.79
12/31/97          $21,737.80                 $20,112.37                $18,310.15
12/31/98          $19,394.56                 $18,814.88                $17,844.11
12/31/99          $19,718.19                 $18,534.89                $21,637.07
12/31/00          $17,976.27                 $22,765.54                $20,983.42
12/31/01          $24,225.62                 $25,971.69                $21,523.29
12/31/02          $23,311.16                 $23,005.95                $17,112.83
12/31/03          $35,796.55                 $33,595.00                $25,199.29
12/31/04          $41,864.00                 $41,044.00                $29,774.00

Value Fund - Growth of $10,000 Investment Over Past 10 Years

[line graph]

  Date     Value Fund $46,475   Russell 2000 Value $41,044   Russell 2000 $29,774
--------   ------------------   --------------------------   --------------------
12/31/94       $10,000.00               $10,000.00                $10,000.00
12/31/95       $12,980.26               $12,574.69                $12,845.08
12/31/96       $15,704.63               $15,261.57                $14,963.79
12/31/97       $19,347.11               $20,112.37                $18,310.15
12/31/98       $17,129.29               $18,814.88                $17,844.11
12/31/99       $21,413.65               $18,534.89                $21,637.07
12/31/00       $21,847.62               $22,765.54                $20,983.42
12/31/01       $28,283.69               $25,971.69                $21,523.29
12/31/02       $25,030.01               $23,005.95                $17,112.83
12/31/03       $42,590.99               $33,595.00                $25,199.29
12/31/04       $46,475.00               $41,044.00                $29,774.00

24

HOW TO INVEST

HOW MAY WE HELP YOU?

1-800-432-7856 . www.heartlandfunds.com

HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

The Heartland Funds are registered for sale in the United States and certain U.S. territories.

Minimum Initial Investments

                              Regular Account/(1)/   IRA Account   Coverdell ESA
                              --------------------   -----------   -------------
Value Fund                           $5,000              $500           $500
Select Value                         $1,000              $500           $500
Value Plus                           $1,000              $500           $500

----------

/1./ The minimum initial investment is waived for the Select Value and the Value Plus Fund when an account is established with an automatic investment plan.

By Mail

To open an account please complete one of the following:

. Equity Fund Account Application

. IRA Account Application

. Coverdell ESA Application

Additional IRA Forms and/or organizational documents may be required.

Please make your purchase check payable to Heartland Funds and mail the completed, signed application, along with your investment check, to the appropriate address below.

via US Postal Service     via Express Courier
Heartland Funds           Heartland Funds
PO Box 182304             c/o BISYS Fund Services
Columbus, OH 43218-2304   3435 Stelzer Road
                          Columbus, OH 43219

To add to an account, detach the Additional Investment Form from your account statement and submit with your check payable to Heartland Funds to the appropriate address listed above.

Important note: All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks. The Funds will not accept third party checks, money orders, credit card convenience checks or cash.

25

By Wire

To open an account by wire, please complete one of the following:

. Equity Fund Account Application
. IRA Account Application
. Coverdell ESA Application

Additional IRA Forms and/or organizational documents may be required.

Instruct your bank or financial institution to send your investment to Heartland Funds using these Instructions:

Huntington National Bank
ABA #044000024

A/C #01892150413
Credit To: Heartland (name of Fund) New Account for (name(s) of investor(s))

Contact Heartland Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856 for further instructions. If Heartland Funds is not informed of the new account and wire purchase prior to market close on the business day it is delivered to Huntington National Bank, your purchase may be delayed or cancelled.

Please note that your financial institution may charge a fee to wire funds.

By Automatic Investment

Complete the automatic investment section of the Account Application or the Account Maintenance Form (for existing accounts) and attach a voided check. Return the form to the appropriate address. Automatic Investment plans may be established for a minimum of $50 per bank draft.

By Exchange

New accounts may be opened by exchange and will have identical registration and services as the account from which the funds were exchanged. Please note that an exchange may be subject to an early redemption fee and may cause tax consequences. Please consult with your tax advisor.

26

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

By Mail

Provide a letter of instruction that includes:

. The names and signatures of all account owners
. Your Heartland account number
. Your telephone number
. The dollar amount or number of shares that you would like to redeem
(sell)
. Any special payment instructions
. Any special documents requested by Heartland to assure proper authorization for the redemption
. IRA redemptions must include a statement of withholding. If no statement is made, Heartland Funds will withhold 10%.

We will mail the proceeds to the address on the account unless otherwise requested in your written instructions. Instructions for redemptions over $50,000 and those that request delivery to a bank account or address other than the address of record on the account may require a signature guarantee.

Please mail your redemption instructions to Heartland Funds at the appropriate address below.

     via US Postal Service              via Express Courier
     Heartland Funds                    Heartland Funds
     PO Box 182304                      c/o BISYS Fund Services
     Columbus, OH 43218-2304            3435 Stelzer Road
                                        Columbus, OH 43219
By Telephone

Call a Heartland Funds representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request your redemption. Redemption requests for an IRA or Coverdell ESA must be made in writing. Telephone redemptions are subject to a $1,000 minimum. You will be asked to provide personal identification information. A check will be mailed to the address of record for the account unless other arrangements have been pre-authorized. Express mail delivery is available upon request for an additional charge (currently $12.00).

Wire and Electronic Funds transfer services are available however, must be preauthorized in writing. Contact a representative for information on adding this option to your account. Wire transfers are subject to a fee of $6.50.

By Systematic Withdrawal

Call a Heartland Funds representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request an Account Maintenance Form to add a systematic withdrawal plan to your account. Systematic withdrawal plans are subject to a $100 minimum per plan.

27

HOW TO RECEIVE ACCOUNT INFORMATION

By Telephone

Call 1.800.432.7856

Heartland Funds representatives are available to answer your questions from 8:00
a.m. to 7:00 p.m. central time, Monday through Friday.

Account balance information is also available over the automated telephone line 24 hours a day, 7 days per week by accessing option 2 on your touch-tone telephone. You will be asked to establish a personal identification number for account access.

Over the Internet

Visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com and click on the Account Access link. Follow the registration/login instructions to access your account. You may view account balances, registration and history.

By Mail

Account statements are mailed on a quarterly basis at the end of the calendar quarter. If you would like to receive a printed statement at any time, please contact a representative at 1-800-432-7856.

ACCOUNT POLICIES

If you wish to make a telephone transaction under one of the purchase or redemption options described, please call Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000. If you have a question about investing or need forms for electing an option, call Shareholder Services at either number or visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

Please note that you may terminate or change any option you elect at any time upon five days' advance notice to the Fund's transfer agent.

Customer Identification Program. Heartland has adopted a customer identification program as required by the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities. It specifically requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

Under Heartland's customer identification program, when you open an account we will ask for your name, street address (or APO/FPO), date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow us to confirm your identity. Corporate accounts will require other similar information. We may also ask to see other identifying documents. You will receive the net asset value next calculated after Heartland confirms your identity.

28

Heartland reserves the right not to open an account or process any purchases, exchanges or redemptions unless and until we can confirm your identity. We also may close an account if there are any discrepancies in the identifying information you have provided. If your account is closed for this reason, your shares will be redeemed at the net asset value next calculated after the account is closed.

Excessive Account Activity. An excessive number of purchases and redemptions by a shareholder (short-term trading) may be disadvantageous to a Fund and its shareholders. Frequent purchases and redemptions of shares of a Fund may present certain risks to Fund shareholders such as dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term investors, interference with the efficient management of the Fund's portfolio, increased brokerage, transaction and administrative costs, and adverse tax consequences. Heartland has adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of shares of the Funds by shareholders, which are intended to discourage such activity, including the imposition of a 2% fee on redemptions or exchanges of Fund shares made within 10 days of purchase. See "Redeeming Shares - Early Redemption Fee." Heartland also seeks to identify and detect frequent trading activity that may be disruptive to the Funds, although if such activity is made through omnibus accounts detection may be difficult. Heartland reserves the right to restrict or prohibit any purchase or exchange, and to terminate a shareholder's investment or exchange privileges, if the officers of Heartland determine in their sole discretion that any trading activity by the shareholder is not in the best interest of the Fund or its other shareholders.

PURCHASING SHARES

Time of Purchase; Form of Payment. Shares of the Funds are sold without a sales charge. Your purchase of a Fund's shares will be made at the net asset value per share next determined after the Fund or its authorized agent receives your purchase request. Your order will not be accepted unless your application or other documentation is complete, your identity is confirmed and payment in the proper form and amount accompanies your application. Payment must be in U.S. dollars by check drawn on a bank in the United States, wire transfer or electronic transfer. The Funds will not accept cash, traveler's checks, starter checks, money orders, third party checks (except for properly endorsed IRA rollover checks), checks drawn on foreign banks or checks issued by credit card companies or Internet-based companies. Shares purchased by checks that are returned will be canceled and you will be liable for any losses or fees incurred by the Fund or its agents, including bank handling charges for returned checks. Once accepted by the Fund or its authorized agent, you may not cancel or revoke your purchase request, but you may redeem your shares at the next determined net asset value for the Fund. However, the Fund may withhold these redemption proceeds until the Fund is reasonably satisfied it has received your payment, which may take up to 15 days.

Investment Minimums. If you purchase shares directly from a Fund, your initial investment must be for a minimum of $1,000 (or $5,000 for the Value Fund), except for accounts opened under prototype Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs"), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts ("ESAs"), and accounts opened with an automatic investment plan. Subsequent purchases made by mail, other than through dividend

29

reinvestment, must be for a minimum of $100. Each Fund may waive or lower its investment minimums for any reason. Different minimums may apply to accounts opened through third parties.

Purchases Through Third Parties. You may purchase shares through a third party broker-dealer or other financial intermediary, but Heartland reserves the right to refuse purchases through any intermediary arrangement that the officers of Heartland determine employs investment strategies that are not in the best interests of the Funds or their shareholders. Shares purchased through third parties may be subject to special fees, different investment minimums and other conditions that do not apply if you purchase your shares directly from the Fund. Third parties also may place limits on your ability to use the shareholder services or receive shareholder information described in this prospectus. Heartland has allowed some third parties to authorize selected designees to accept purchase orders for the third party on a Fund's behalf. If you purchase shares through a third party which is also an authorized agent of the Funds, your order will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after the third party (or its authorized designee) receives your order; other orders will be processed at the net asset value next determined after your order is received by the Funds.

REDEEMING SHARES

Time of Redemption; Form of Instructions and Payment. Your shares will be redeemed at the net asset value per share next determined after your instructions, in English, are received by the Funds or their authorized agent. A redemption order will not be accepted unless the order and related information are complete. The Funds will not accept an order with instructions for redemption on a particular date or at a particular price. The Funds use procedures reasonably designed to authenticate telephone instructions including, for example, requesting personal identification information from callers. The Funds are not liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if these procedures are followed. Once accepted by the Funds or their authorized agent, you may not cancel or revoke your redemption order.

Available proceeds are generally mailed within two business days, or wired on the next business day, after the Fund or its authorized agent accepts your redemption request, although they could be delayed for up to seven days. If redemption instructions are received for shares that have not been paid for, your shares will be redeemed, but the Funds reserve the right to hold the proceeds until payment of the purchase price can be confirmed, which may take up to 15 days. This type of delay can be avoided by purchasing shares by federal funds wire. The Funds do not guarantee the time of receipt of your proceeds and are not responsible for delays in mail or wire services. In limited circumstances as permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (such as when the NYSE is closed or trading is restricted, or when an emergency exists), the Funds may elect to suspend the redemption of shares.

Generally, proceeds will be paid in cash, but the Funds reserve the right to pay redemptions in the amount of $250,000 or more "in kind," which means you would be

30

paid in portfolio securities. If this occurred, you might incur transaction costs when you sell the portfolio securities.

If you choose to have your redemption proceeds mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the redemption check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the check in shares of the particular Fund at its then current net asset value until you give the Funds different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed redemption checks.

Redemptions by Shareholders Who Are Not Individuals. For corporate, trust, partnership, and other institutional accounts, the persons signing the redemption request should also indicate their office or other fiduciary capacity. A certified corporate resolution evidencing the signing officer's authority to sign on behalf of a corporate shareholder is also required. Executors, administrators, guardians, trusts, and other institutional shareholders should call Heartland prior to mailing their instructions to determine if other documentation may be required.

Redemptions Through Third Parties. You may redeem shares through a third party broker-dealer or other financial institution provided the third party presents documentation satisfactory to the Funds indicating it is your authorized agent. Third parties may charge fees for their services and impose terms or conditions that do not apply if you do business directly with the Funds. Heartland has allowed some third parties to authorize selected designees to accept redemption orders for the third party on the Fund's behalf. If you redeem shares through a third party which is also an authorized agent of the Funds, your order will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after the third party (or its authorized designee) receives your order; other orders will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after receipt of the order by the Funds.

Involuntary Redemption. If you do not participate in an Automatic Investment Plan and your account value in a Fund falls below $500 for three consecutive months or more, we may redeem all of your shares in that Fund, at the Fund's net asset value per share next determined after we redeem your shares, upon 60 days' advance notice to you. You may avoid an involuntary redemption by making additional investments to bring your account value up to at least $1,000.

Early Redemption Fee. Shares of any Heartland Fund that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after purchase will be assessed a 2% fee on the net asset value of the shares next determined after your request for redemption is received. The fee will apply to shares being redeemed or exchanged in the order in which they are purchased, treating shares that have been held the longest in an account as being redeemed first. The fee is paid to the applicable Fund and is deducted from the redemption proceeds. The purpose of this early redemption fee is to discourage market timing and other short-term trading in the Funds. Short-term trading may be disruptive to the Funds' normal investment operations and harmful to the interests of long-term shareholders. Heartland reserves the right to modify the terms of or terminate this fee at any time upon notice to shareholders.

The early redemption fee will be waived under the following circumstances:

31

. For shares held in an account of certain retirement or profit sharing plans;

. For shares purchased by automatic reinvestment of income or capital gains distributions from any Heartland Fund or the BNY Hamilton Treasury Money Fund;

. For shares purchased through an automatic investment plan; and

. For shares redeemed through a systematic withdrawal plan.

In addition, the early redemption fee may be waived if the Funds do not have the capability to charge the fee. For example, this may occur if the Funds cannot reasonably identify a shareholder who trades through an omnibus account held by a third party or financial intermediary, or reasonably detect short-term trading through such an account.

32

EXCHANGING SHARES

Unless you instruct the Funds that you do not want this service, you are automatically permitted to purchase shares of a Fund with the redemption proceeds for your account in any other Heartland Fund or the BNY Hamilton Treasury Money Fund (the "Money Fund"). This type of transaction is referred to as an "exchange" and may be effected by writing or calling the Funds' transfer agent. Each exchange represents both a redemption and a purchase of Fund shares. Therefore, you may incur a gain or loss for income tax purposes on an exchange. Written exchanges may be for any amount, but telephone exchanges may be for not less than $1,000 and not more than $500,000. In addition, telephone exchanges may only occur between identically registered accounts.

Investments in the Money Fund or another Heartland Fund are subject to the terms and conditions of that Fund's prospectus. You may obtain a current prospectus by calling 1.800.432.7856 or visiting www.heartlandfunds.com. The Money Fund pays the Distributor an annual fee of up to 0.50% of the Money Fund's average daily net assets representing shares with respect to which the Distributor provides account servicing, record keeping and distribution services.

OTHER POLICIES

Eligibility to Buy Shares. Each Fund is available for purchase only by residents of the United States and certain U.S. territories. Please contact Heartland Advisors or the Distributor for a list of the U.S. territories. After opening an account, if you cease to reside in one of these areas, you will be ineligible to purchase additional shares.

Confirming your Transactions. Heartland will send you a written confirmation of every purchase and redemption order in the Funds, excluding automatic transactions. You should always verify your order against your confirmation when you receive it. Please contact Heartland or the third party with whom you placed your order promptly if you notice any discrepancy.

Copies of historical account statements are available upon request.

IRAs. The Funds are available for investment under a self-directed IRA plan for individual investors as well as Simplified Employee Pension ("SEP") IRAs for self-employed persons and employers and Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (formerly known as Educational IRAs). Each Fund is available for investment under these programs at a reduced initial investment minimum of $500. Booklets describing these programs and the forms necessary for establishing accounts under them are available on request from Heartland.

The IRA custodian charges an annual maintenance fee (currently $15.00) per Fund account. No other fees are charged by the custodian to IRA account holders.

Backup Withholding. Under IRS rules, you must furnish to the Funds your properly certified social security or other tax identification number to avoid Federal income tax backup withholding on dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds. If you do not do so, or the IRS informs the Funds that your tax identification number is incorrect, the

33

Funds may be required to withhold a percentage of your taxable distributions and redemptions proceeds. Amounts withheld by the Funds are submitted to the IRS and are not usually recoverable by the Funds.

Signature Guarantees. To protect your account, the Funds reserve the right to require a signature guarantee for written redemption instructions. Normally, a signature guarantee will be required if the redemption proceeds will exceed $50,000. A signature guarantee will also be required if the proceeds are being paid to a third party, mailed to an address other than the address listed on the Fund's records or to an address that was changed within the last 15 days, or forwarded to a bank not identified on the Fund's records as authorized to receive the proceeds. Acceptable guarantors include, among others, banks and brokerage firms that are members of a domestic stock exchange. Notaries public cannot guarantee signatures.

Normally the Funds accept only medallion guarantees. Medallion guarantees are issued by guarantors that participate in one of several signature guarantee programs that are designed to promote safe and accurate securities transactions. A medallion guarantee provides additional protective measures through the use of special technology like bar codes, magnetic security ink and scanners.

Reserved Rights. In addition to other reserved rights, the Funds may:

. Refuse, change, discontinue or temporarily suspend account services, including purchase, exchange or redemption privileges, for any reason.

. Reject any purchase request for any reason.

. Freeze any account and/or involuntarily redeem an account if we think that the account is being used for fraudulent or illegal purposes. We may take this action when, at our sole discretion, we deem it to be in the Fund's best interest or when the Fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental authority or by applicable law.

. Waive or lower any minimum dollar investment amount.

. Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed, trading on the NYSE is restricted, or when an emergency exists that prevents the Funds from disposing of its portfolio securities or pricing its shares.

SHARE PRICE

Shares of a Fund are purchased and redeemed at the net asset value per share next determined following receipt of your order by the Fund or its authorized agent. Net asset value is the difference between the values of the Fund's assets and liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. It is determined as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (generally 4:00
p.m., Eastern Time but may be earlier in the case of a holiday or when an emergency exists) on each day the NYSE is open (the "Close of Trading"). Orders received after the Close of Trading are priced

34

at the net asset value per share determined on the next business day of the Fund. Third parties acting as authorized agents of the Funds are required to segregate orders received after the Close of Trading and transmit those orders separately for execution at the net asset value per share next subsequently determined.

For purposes of determining net asset value for a particular Fund, the Fund's portfolio securities are valued on the basis of market quotations or at fair value in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors. The Funds use a "fair value" methodology to value securities for which market quotations are not readily available. Market quotations are readily available in most instances for the common stocks and other equity securities in which the Funds invest. However, some of the stocks and equity securities held by the Funds may be illiquid or thinly traded due to their small market capitalizations, the size of the Fund's position or otherwise, and are valued at their fair values. The pricing committee for Heartland may also make a fair value determination if it reasonably determines that a significant event, which materially affects the value of a security, occurs after the time at which the market price for the security is determined but prior to the time at which a Fund's net asset value is calculated. Debt securities are generally stated at fair value as furnished by an independent pricing service based primarily on information concerning market transactions and dealer quotations for similar securities, or by dealers who make markets in such securities. Debt securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at acquisition cost, plus or minus any amortized discount or premium.

Fair valuation of a particular security is an inherently subjective process, with no single standard to utilize when determining a security's fair price. As such, different funds could reasonably arrive at a different fair value for the same security. In each case where a security is fair valued, consideration is given to the facts and circumstances relevant to the particular situation. This consideration includes reviewing various factors set forth in the pricing procedures adopted by the Funds' Board of Directors and other factors as warranted. In making a fair value determination, factors that may be considered, among others, include: the type and structure of the security; unusual events or circumstances relating to the security's issuer; general market conditions; prior day's valuation; fundamental analytical data; size of the holding; cost of the security on the date of purchase; nature and duration of any restriction on disposition; and trading activities and prices of similar or financial instruments.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND REPORTING

HEARTLAND VALUE SOURCE(TM)

Heartland Advisors' website, Heartland Value Source(TM), located at www.heartlandfunds.com, provides investors with a variety of information about the Funds, including daily share prices, market updates and shareholder reports. Shareholders can access their accounts directly to review current balances, recent transactions and other account information.

35

INVESTMENT REPORTS AND PROSPECTUSES

The Funds' portfolio managers review their strategies and results in Value Reports, which also contain schedules of investments and Fund financial statements. Heartland Advisors periodically publishes and mails to shareholders other investment and performance information. Shareholders also receive annual prospectus updates.

Whenever practicable, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, a single report, prospectus or other communication will be mailed to shareholders who share a single address. This practice is referred to as "householding." To receive additional copies or discontinue our practice of householding your materials, you may visit our website (www.heartlandfunds.com), call Shareholder Services at 1.800.432.7856, or write to Heartland at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

A dividend from net investment income represents the income a Fund earns from dividends and interest paid on its investments, after payment of Fund expenses. A capital gain or loss is the increase or decrease in the value of a security that a Fund holds compared to its original purchase price. The gain or loss is "unrealized" until the security is sold. Each realized capital gain or loss is either short-term or long-term depending on whether the Fund held the security for one year or less, or more than one year. This is the case regardless of how long you hold your Fund shares.

Substantially all of the net investment income of the Select Value and Value Funds will generally be paid to shareholders annually as a dividend. The Value Plus Fund will pay dividends from net investment income quarterly. If a Fund has net capital gains for a year, the Fund normally will distribute substantially all of its net capital gains at the end of the year. Both types of distributions are automatically invested in additional shares for your account unless you elect on your Account Application to have them invested in another Heartland Fund or to have them paid to you in cash. Fund dividends and capital gain distributions that are reinvested will be confirmed on your account statement for the quarter in which the reinvestment is made.

If you choose to have dividends or capital gain distributions, or both, mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the distribution check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the check and future distributions in shares of the particular Fund at their then-current net asset value until you give the Funds different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed distribution checks.

"Buying a Dividend." Please note that if you purchase shares of a Fund just before the record date of a capital gain distribution, you will receive a portion of your purchase price back as a taxable distribution. The Fund's net asset value per share on the record date will be reduced by the amount of the dividend. This is sometimes referred to as "buying a dividend."

36

TAXES

The character of distributions that a Fund makes (i.e., income, short term capital gains or long term capital gains - see discussion under "Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions" above) affects the tax treatment of those distributions to you. In particular, all income distributions (other than qualified dividends) and short term capital gains will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Long term capital gains will be taxable as long term capital gains to shareholders. Dividends from domestic corporations held by the Funds may be considered "qualified dividends," as provided under the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003. If certain holding period requirements are met, these dividends may be taxed at reduced rates. If a Fund declares a distribution in December, but does not pay it until January of the following year, you still will be taxed as if the distribution were paid in December. The Transfer Agent for the Fund will process your distribution and send you a statement for tax purposes each year showing the source of distributions for the preceding year. These tax rules apply whether dividends and distributions are paid by the Funds to you in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Funds.

If you redeem or exchange your shares, the transaction is a taxable event. Generally, you will recognize a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes of an amount equal to the difference between the cost of your shares and the price you receive when you sell them. Special tax rules apply to non-individual shareholders and shareholders owning Fund shares in IRAs and tax-sheltered retirement plans. State and local tax rules differ from the federal tax rules described in this prospectus. Because this tax information is only a general overview, you should consult with your own tax advisor about the tax consequences of your investment in the Funds.

PRIVACY POLICY

At Heartland, we respect your right to privacy. We understand that the privacy and security of your nonpublic personal information is important to you and we maintain safeguards designed to protect your data from unauthorized access. We do not sell this information to anyone and only share such information with others as permitted by law for the purpose of serving your investment needs.

We collect only information that is either required or necessary to provide personalized financial services to you. Any information you choose to provide is kept confidential and allows us to:

. Service your account;

. Deliver products and services that may be of interest to you;

. Prevent unauthorized access to your account;

. Improve customer service; and

. Comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

37

Depending on the nature of your relationship with us, we collect nonpublic personal information such as name, address, Social Security number, telephone number and income from the following sources:

. Information we receive from you on applications or other forms, on our web site, or through other means;

. Information we receive from you through transactions, correspondence and other communications with us; and

. Information we otherwise obtain from you in connection with providing you a financial product or service.

We do not share the information we collect about our customers or former customers with any third parties, except as required or permitted by law. This means we may disclose the information we collect to our affiliates and companies who help us maintain and service your account. For example, we may share information with a transfer agent or clearing broker to process your securities transactions and update your account or to an external service provider so that your account statements can be printed and mailed. These companies are only permitted to use this information for the services for which we hired them, and are not permitted to use or share this information for any other purpose. We may also disclose nonpublic personal information to government agencies and regulatory organizations when permitted or required by law.

For your protection, we restrict access to your nonpublic personal information to those individuals who need to know that information to provide products and services to you. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that are designed to comply with federal standards to maintain the confidentiality of your nonpublic personal information.

The accuracy of your personal information is important to us. You can correct, update or confirm your personal information anytime by calling Heartland at 1.800.432.7856.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand each Fund's financial performance for the past 5 fiscal years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Funds over the period presented (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds' financial statements, are included in the Annual Report to Shareholders which is available upon request.

38

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

                                                                             Select Value Fund
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      For the year ended December 31,
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------
                                                            2004       2003      2002       2001           2000
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------
PER SHARE DATA
Net asset value, beginning of period                      $  20.16   $ 14.87   $ 17.30    $ 15.03        $ 11.73
Income (loss) from investment operations:
   Net investment income                                      0.01      0.01      0.03       0.08           0.17
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
      investments                                             3.42      5.29     (2.43)      2.37           3.41
                                                          --------   -------   -------    -------        -------
Total income (loss) from investment operations                3.43      5.30     (2.40)      2.45           3.58
Less distributions from:
   Net investment income                                     (0.01)    (0.01)    (0.03)     (0.02)         (0.14)
   Net realized gains on investments                         (0.21)       --        --      (0.16)         (0.14)
                                                          --------   -------   -------    -------        -------
      Total distributions                                    (0.22)    (0.01)    (0.03)     (0.18)         (0.28)
                                                          --------   -------   -------    -------        -------
Net asset value, end of period                            $  23.37   $ 20.16   $ 14.87    $ 17.30        $ 15.03
                                                          ========   =======   =======    =======        =======
TOTAL RETURN                                                 17.02%    35.66%   (13.85)%    16.43%         30.63%

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands)               $109,528   $75,678   $56,268    $29,462        $10,947
   Percentage of operating expenses before
      interest expense to average net assets                  1.33%     1.47%     1.46%      1.48%/(1)/     1.22%/(1)/
   Percentage of interest expense to average net assets         --        --        --         --           0.00%
   Percentage of net investment income to average net
      assets                                                  0.07%     0.06%     0.21%      0.78%          1.42%
   Portfolio turnover rate                                      72%       47%       39%       108%           120%


/(1)/ If there had been no expense reimbursement or management fee waiver by the Advisor, the percentage of net expenses to average net assets for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 would have been 1.93% and 2.45%, respectively.

39

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

                                                                        Value Plus Fund
                                                      --------------------------------------------------
                                                                For the year ended December 31,
                                                      --------------------------------------------------
                                                        2004       2003       2002       2001      2000
                                                      --------------------------------------------------
PER SHARE DATA
Net asset value, beginning of period                  $  23.57   $  15.39   $ 16.12    $ 12.11   $ 13.57
Income (loss) from investment operations:
   Net investment income                                  0.09       0.06      0.12       0.18      0.25
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
      investments                                         3.91       8.17     (0.73)      4.01     (1.42)
                                                      --------   --------   -------    -------   -------
      Total income (loss) from investment
         operations                                       4.00       8.23     (0.61)      4.19     (1.17)
Less distributions from:
   Net investment income                                 (0.07)     (0.05)    (0.12)     (0.18)    (0.29)
   Net realized gains on investments                     (0.65)        --        --         --        --
                                                      --------   --------   -------    -------   -------
      Total distributions                                (0.72)     (0.05)    (0.12)     (0.18)    (0.29)
                                                      --------   --------   -------    -------   -------
Net asset value, end of period                        $  26.85   $  23.57   $ 15.39    $ 16.12   $ 12.11
                                                      ========   ========   =======    =======   =======
TOTAL RETURN                                             16.98%     53.56%    (3.79)%    34.76%    (8.83)%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands)           $416,516   $218,982   $57,657    $60,057   $44,352
   Percentage of operating expenses before interest
      expense to average net assets                       1.23%      1.34%     1.44%      1.48%     1.36%
   Percentage of interest expense to average net
      assets                                                --         --        --         --      0.21%
   Percentage of net investment income to average
      net assets                                          0.34%      0.32%     0.75%      1.27%     1.71%
   Portfolio turnover rate                                  57%        68%       65%        80%      121%

40

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

                                                                          Value Fund
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                For the year ended December 31,
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   2004          2003         2002         2001         2000
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------
PER SHARE DATA
Net asset value, beginning of period            $    51.14    $    31.46    $  37.25    $    32.98    $  36.50
Income (loss) from investment operations:
   Net investment loss                               (0.25)        (0.20)      (0.17)        (0.10)      (0.18)
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)
      on investments                                  4.59         22.24       (4.09)         9.57        0.69
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    ----------    --------
      Total income (loss) from investment
         operations                                   4.34         22.04       (4.26)         9.47        0.51
Less distributions from:
   Net realized gains on investments                 (5.67)        (2.36)      (1.53)        (5.20)      (4.03)
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    ----------    --------
      Total distributions                            (5.67)        (2.36)      (1.53)        (5.20)      (4.03)
                                                ----------    ----------    --------    ----------    --------
Net asset value, end of period                  $    49.81    $    51.14    $  31.46    $    37.25    $  32.98
                                                ==========    ==========    ========    ==========    ========
TOTAL RETURN                                          9.11%        70.16%     (11.49)%       29.45%       2.03%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands)     $1,876,300    $2,185,264    $923,754    $1,093,215    $895,531
   Percentage of operating expenses before
      interest expense to average net assets          1.20%         1.28%       1.29%         1.29%       1.22%
   Percentage of interest expense to average
      net assets                                        --            --          --            --        0.06%
   Percentage of net investment loss to
      average net assets                             (0.46)%       (0.63)%     (0.48)%       (0.29)%     (0.46)%
   Portfolio turnover rate                              32%           48%         49%           56%         48%

41


HEARTLAND FUNDS
General Information and Account/Price Information (24 hours):
1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000
www.heartlandfunds.com

HEARTLAND FUNDS
789 North Water Street
Suite 500
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

INVESTMENT ADVISOR
Heartland Advisors, Inc.
789 North Water Street
Suite 500
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

DISTRIBUTOR
Heartland Investor Services, LLC
3435 Stelzer Road
Columbus, Ohio 43219

CUSTODIAN
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
40 Water Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109

TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc.
3435 Stelzer Road
Columbus, Ohio 43219

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
100 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

COUNSEL
Quarles & Brady LLP
411 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

42

If you have any questions about the Heartland Funds or would like more information, including a free copy of the Funds' Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), or their Annual or Semi-Annual Reports, you may call or write Heartland Investor Services, LLC at:

Heartland Investor Services, LLC
789 North Water Street
Suite 500
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000

You may also obtain the SAI, the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports and other relevant information at Heartland Funds' website (www.heartlandfunds.com).

The SAI, which contains more information on the Funds, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and is legally a part of this prospectus. Additional information about the Funds' investments is available in the Funds' Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, which are also filed with the SEC. In the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, you will find a discussion of market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund's performance during the prior fiscal year and six month fiscal period, respectively.

To view these documents, along with other related documents, you can visit the SEC's Internet website (http://www.sec.gov) or the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling 1-202-942-8090. Additionally, copies of this information can be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending an e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Investment Company Act File No. 811-4982

43

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DATED MAY 1, 2005

Heartland Select Value Fund
Heartland Value Plus Fund
Heartland Value Fund

789 North Water Street
Suite 500
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
1.800.432.7856
www.heartlandfunds.com

Heartland Group, Inc. ("Heartland") is registered as an open-end, management investment company consisting of the separate mutual fund series, including those listed above (the "Funds"). The investment advisor for the Funds is Heartland Advisors, Inc. ("Heartland Advisors"). This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") relates to the Funds, each of which has a distinct investment objective and program.

This SAI is not a prospectus, but provides you with additional information that should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Funds, dated May 1, 2005. You may obtain a free copy of the Funds' Prospectus and an account application by contacting the distributor, Heartland Investor Services, LLC ("Heartland Investor Services"), at the street or website address, or at the telephone number listed above.

The financial statements of the Funds and the reports of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information from the Funds' Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2004. See "Financial Statements."

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
INTRODUCTION TO THE FUNDS.....................................................2
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE FUNDS...............................2
TYPES OF SECURITIES...........................................................5
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES..............................................31
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS......................................................36
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER...........................................................40
MANAGEMENT...................................................................41
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES..........................53
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES.......................................53
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES.......................................................57
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS.......................................................60
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES........................................................66
PURCHASES AND SALES..........................................................68
ADDITIONAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS.........................................71
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........................................................71


INTRODUCTION TO THE FUNDS

Each member of the Heartland family of funds is a separate series of Heartland Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation formed in 1986 and registered as an open-end, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). Each Fund is a diversified fund and has a distinct investment objective and program. In addition to the Funds, Heartland has three series that had been under the control of a court-appointed receiver - Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund, Heartland Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund and Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund - and were liquidated in December 2004.

The Heartland Select Value Fund commenced operations on October 11, 1996. The Heartland Value Plus Fund commenced operations on October 26, 1993. The Heartland Value Fund commenced operations on December 28, 1984.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE FUNDS

Heartland Select Value Fund

The Heartland Select Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks whose current market prices, in Heartland Advisors' judgment, are undervalued relative to their intrinsic value. Heartland Advisors uses its strict value criteria to identify what it believes are the best available investment opportunities for the Fund. Using a multi-cap approach, the Fund invests in companies of all sizes, although the companies in which the Fund invests normally have market capitalizations in excess of $500 million at the time of purchase. The median market capitalization of the Fund is expected to fluctuate over time depending on Heartland Advisor's perceptions of relative valuations, future prospects and market conditions.

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund's net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund's share price and investment return.

2

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. The Fund may invest in other securities, including preferred stocks, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. Although not a principal investment strategy, the Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC").

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company's management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled "Types of Securities" and "Portfolio Management Strategies." The Fund's investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

Heartland Value Plus Fund

The Heartland Value Plus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and modest current income. The Fund invests primarily in a limited number of equity securities of smaller companies selected on a value basis. The Fund generally invests in dividend-paying common stocks and may also invest in preferred stocks and convertible securities, which may provide income to the Fund. The Fund primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $300 million and $2 billion at the time of purchase.

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund's net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This may increase the volatility of the Fund's share price and investment return.

3

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. The Fund may invest in other securities, including preferred stock, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. The Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the CFTC.

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company's management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled "Types of Securities" and "Portfolio Management Strategies." The Fund's investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

Heartland Value Fund

Heartland Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation through investing in small companies. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion selected on a value basis, and may invest a significant portion of its assets in micro-capitalization companies, i.e., those with market capitalizations of less than $300 million at the time of purchase.

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. It may invest in other securities, including equity securities of larger companies, preferred stocks, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. The Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which

4

may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the CFTC.

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. It also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company's management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled "Types of Securities" and "Portfolio Management Strategies." The Fund's investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

TYPES OF SECURITIES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds' investments described in the Prospectus.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities in which the Funds may invest include any bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. By investing in convertible securities, a Fund obtains the right to benefit from the capital appreciation potential in the underlying common stock upon exercise of the conversion right, while generally earning higher current income than would be available if the stock were purchased directly. In determining whether to purchase a convertible security, Heartland Advisors will look to the conversion feature and consider substantially the same investment criteria it would consider if purchasing the underlying common stock. However, these securities will nevertheless be subject to the same quality and investment limitations applicable to the Funds' investments in debt securities.

The value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment value," which is determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities

5

of comparable quality and maturity that do not have the conversion privilege, and its "conversion value," which is the security's worth if converted into the underlying common stock. Investment value is typically influenced by interest rates and the credit standing of the issuer. Conversion value is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock and generally decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.

Custodial Receipts and Participation Interests

Each Fund may invest in custodial receipts which represent ownership in future interest or principal payments, or both, on certain securities that are underwritten by securities dealers or banks.

Each Fund may also invest in participation interests in securities. Participation interests give a Fund an undivided interest in a security in the proportion that the Fund's participation interest bears to the principal amount of the security.

Debt Securities

The Funds may invest in debt securities of corporate and governmental issuers. The Funds may invest up to 35% of their respective total assets in corporate debt securities and U.S. Governmental obligations, but under normal market conditions will not invest more than 10% of their respective assets in such securities. There are no credit quality or maturity limitations on a Fund's investments in debt securities.

The risks inherent in short-, intermediate- and long-term debt securities depend on a variety of factors, including the term of the obligations, the size of a particular offering and the credit quality and rating of the issuer, in addition to general market conditions. In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the price stability. A decline in the prevailing levels of interest rates will generally increase the value of the securities held by a Fund, and an increase in rates will generally have the opposite effect.

Yields on debt securities depend on a variety of factors, including the financial condition of the issuer or other obligor thereon or the revenue source from which debt service is payable, the general economic and monetary environment, conditions in the relevant market, the size of a particular issue, maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.

Debt obligations rated high and some debt obligations rated medium quality are commonly referred to as "investment-grade" debt obligations. Investment-grade debt obligations are generally believed to have relatively low degrees of credit risk. However, medium-quality debt obligations, while

6

considered investment grade, may have some speculative characteristics, since their issuers' capacity for repayment may be more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances than that of higher-rated issuers. The principal value of lower-rated securities generally will fluctuate more widely than higher-quality securities. Lower-quality securities entail a higher degree of risk as to the payment of interest and return of principal. Such securities are also subject to special risks, discussed below. To compensate investors for taking on such increased risk, issuers deemed to be less creditworthy generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with better credit ratings.

In conducting its credit research and analysis, Heartland Advisors considers both qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of individual issuers. Heartland Advisors also relies, in part, on credit ratings compiled by a number of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs").

All ratings limitations are applied at the time of purchase. Subsequent to purchase, a debt security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by a Fund. Neither event will require the sale of such a security, but it will be a factor in considering whether to continue to hold the security. To the extent that ratings change as a result of changes in a rating organization or their rating systems, the Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for selecting investments.

"High-Yield" Risk. Each Fund's investment program permits it to invest in non-investment grade debt obligations, sometimes referred to as "junk bonds" (hereinafter referred to as "lower-quality securities"). Lower-quality securities are those securities that are rated lower than investment grade and unrated securities believed by Heartland Advisors to be of comparable quality. Although these securities generally offer higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, lower-quality securities involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. In general, they are regarded to be more speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Other potential risks associated with investing in high-yield securities include:

. Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes. The market for lower-quality and comparable unrated securities is relatively new and its growth has paralleled a long economic expansion. As a result, it is not clear how this market would withstand a prolonged recession or economic downturn. Such conditions could severely disrupt the market for, and adversely affect the value of, such securities.

7

All interest-bearing securities typically experience price appreciation when interest rates decline and price depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risk than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer's ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer's inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of the securities is significantly greater than issues of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to their creditors. Further, if the issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, a Fund might incur additional expense to seek recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in a Fund's net asset value.

As previously noted, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security generally will decrease in a rising interest rate market, and a Fund's net asset value will decline correspondingly. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed below), a Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial discount. Any such liquidation could force the Fund to sell the more liquid portion of its portfolio.

. Credit Risk. Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality securities, and therefore may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In

8

addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings, including, for example, those published by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service ("S&P"), Moody's Investors Service and Fitch Ratings, are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated obligations will be more dependent on Heartland Advisors' credit analysis than would be the case with investments in investment-grade debt obligations. Accordingly, Heartland Advisors monitors bonds held in a Fund's portfolio to assess and determine whether the issuers will have sufficient cash flow to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the continued liquidity of such bonds so that the Fund can meet redemption requests.

. Legal Risk. Securities in which a Fund may invest are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by Congress, state legislatures or other governmental agencies extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations within constitutional limitations. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to make principal and interest payments on their debt securities may be materially impaired.

From time to time, legislation designed to limit the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by certain issuers may be adopted. It is anticipated that if legislation is enacted or proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities and the existence of a secondary trading market for such securities.

. Liquidity Risk. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain lower quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it generally is

9

not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security and disposition of the security may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expense. As a result, a Fund's net asset value and ability to dispose of particular securities when necessary to meet the Fund's liquidity needs, or in response to a specific economic event, may be affected.

U.S. Government Obligations. Each Fund may invest in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. These securities include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury Bills generally have maturities of one year or less; Treasury Notes generally have maturities of one to ten years; and Treasury Bonds generally have maturities of greater than ten years. Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities, such as Government National Mortgage Association pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; other obligations, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are secured by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; other obligations, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and other obligations, such as those issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality itself. Although the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it will always do so, since it is not so obligated by law.

Floating and Variable Rate Securities. Each Fund may invest in securities which offer a variable or floating rate of interest. Floating rate securities generally provide for automatic adjustment of the interest rate whenever some specified interest rate index changes. Variable rate securities, on the other hand, provide for automatic establishment of a new interest rate at fixed intervals. Interest rates on floating and variable rate securities are based on a designated rate or a specified percentage thereof, such as a bank's prime rate.

Floating or variable rate securities typically include a demand feature entitling the holder to demand payment of the obligation on short notice at par plus accrued interest. Some securities which do not have floating or variable interest rates may be accompanied by puts producing similar results and price characteristics. The issuer of these securities normally has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the note plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the noteholders. When considering the maturity of any instrument which may be

10

sold or put to the issuer or a third party, the Fund may consider the instrument's maturity to be shorter than its stated maturity.

Deferrable Subordinated Securities. Certain securities have been issued recently which have long maturities and are deeply subordinated in the issuer's capital structure. They generally have 30-year maturities and permit the issuer to defer distributions for up to five years. These characteristics give the issuer more financial flexibility than is typically the case with traditional bonds. As a result, the securities may be viewed by rating agencies and bank regulators as possessing certain "equity-like" features. However, the securities are treated as debt securities by market participants, and each Fund intends to treat them as such as well. These securities may offer a mandatory put or remarketing option that creates an effective maturity date significantly shorter than the stated one. Each Fund may invest in these securities to the extent their yield, credit and maturity characteristics are consistent with the Fund's investment objective and strategies.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds. Each Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The interest rate on these bonds is generally fixed at issuance at a rate lower than typical bonds. Over the life of an inflation-indexed bond, however, interest will be paid based on a principal value that is adjusted for inflation.

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward and, as a result, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. If any such downward adjustment in the principal value of an inflation-indexed bond exceeds the interest otherwise includable in a Fund's gross income for the relevant tax year, the excess will be treated as an ordinary loss.

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation increases, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted upward and, as a result, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a larger principal amount) will be increased. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income and will be includable in a Fund's gross income in the period in which it accrues, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity, subject to offset against any tax loss carryforwards from earlier tax years. There can be no assurance that the applicable inflation index for the security will accurately measure the real rate of inflation (or deflation) in the prices of goods and services.

11

Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities. Mortgage-related securities in which the Funds may invest include mortgage pass-through securities and derivative mortgage securities, such as collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities, issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, "private lenders"). Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit enhancement.

Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from credit card or other revolving credit arrangements. The credit quality of most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization, and guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government sponsored mortgage-backed securities.

In general, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until the entire principal amount comes due at maturity, payments on certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal on mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans or other assets. Prepayments may result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-related or asset-backed securities. In that event, a Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-related or asset-backed securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-related or asset-backed securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income

12

securities. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments generally tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayments generally decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-related or asset-backed security is inaccurately predicted, a Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.

Mortgage-related and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of "locking in" attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayments likely would have to be reinvested at lower rates. As a result, these securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates.

Prepayments may cause losses in securities purchased at a premium. At times, some of the mortgage-related and asset-backed securities in which a Fund may invest may have higher than market yields and, therefore, will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will cause the Fund to experience a loss equal to any unamortized premium. In addition, the value of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may change due to changes in the market's perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer, and the mortgage-related and asset-backed securities markets in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental regulation or tax policies.

Certain characteristics of adjustable rate mortgage securities ("ARMs") may make them more susceptible to prepayments than other mortgage-related securities. Unlike fixed rate mortgages, the interest rates on adjustable rate mortgages are adjusted at regular intervals, generally based on a specified, published interest rate index. Investments in ARMs allow a Fund to participate in changing interest rate levels through regular adjustments in the coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in more variable current income and potentially shorter duration characteristics than longer-term fixed rate mortgage securities. The extent to which the values of ARMs fluctuate with changes in interest rates will depend on the frequency of the interest resets on the underlying mortgages, and the specific indexes underlying the ARMs, as certain indexes closely mirror market interest rate levels and others tend to lag changes in market rates.

ARMs will frequently have caps and floors which limit the maximum amount by which the interest rate on the underlying mortgage loans may move up or down during each adjustment period and over the life of the loan. Interest rate caps on ARMs may cause them to decrease in value in an

13

increasing interest rate environment and may also prevent their income from increasing to levels commensurate with prevailing interest rates. Conversely, interest rate floors on ARMs may cause their income to remain higher than prevailing interest rate levels and result in an increase in the value of such securities. However, this increase may be tempered by an acceleration of prepayments. In general, ARMs tend to experience higher levels of prepayment than other mortgage-related securities. During favorable interest rate environments, holders of adjustable rate mortgages have greater incentives to refinance with fixed rate mortgages in order to avoid interest rate risk. In addition, significant increases in the index rates used for adjustment of the mortgages may result in increased delinquency, default and foreclosure rates, which in turn would increase the rate of prepayment on the ARMs.

Collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO held by a Fund would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-related securities. The prices of certain CMOs, depending on their structure and the rate of prepayments, can be volatile and the market for certain CMOs may not be as liquid as the market for other securities in general.

Similarly, prepayments could also result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are commonly structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of loans. A Fund may invest in both the interest-only or "IO" class and the principal-only or "PO" class. The yield to maturity on an IO class of stripped mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on a Fund's yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, POs tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. Complex instruments such as CMOs and stripped mortgage-backed securities may have a structure that makes their reaction to interest

14

rates and other factors difficult to predict, potentially making their price highly volatile.

The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other securities, potentially limiting the Funds' ability to obtain market quotations for those securities or to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

It is anticipated that certain entities may create loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to the types discussed above, including securities with underlying pools of derivative mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. As new types of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, Heartland Advisors will, consistent with each Fund's objective and investment policies, consider making investments in such new types of securities.

Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities. Each Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities. These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of the zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accrued during that year. In order to continue to qualify for treatment as a "regulated investment company" under the Internal Revenue Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which could occur in periods of adverse market conditions, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

Derivative Instruments

Each Fund may invest in a broad array of financial instruments and securities, the value of which is "derived" from the performance of an underlying asset or a "benchmark" such as a security index, an interest rate, or a currency. In particular, each Fund may engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and hybrid instruments to (a) hedge against anticipated declines in the market value of its portfolio securities or currencies and against increases in the market values of securities or currencies it intends to acquire, (b) to manage exposure to changing interest rates (duration management), (c) to enhance total return or
(d) to invest in eligible

15

asset classes with greater efficiency and lower cost than is possible through direct investment.

Some options and futures strategies, including selling futures, buying puts and writing calls, tend to hedge a Fund's investments against price fluctuations. Other strategies, including buying futures, writing puts, and buying calls, tend to increase market exposure. Options and futures may be combined with each other in order to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a Fund's overall strategy. Futures, options and options on futures have durations which, in general, are closely related to the duration of the underlying securities. Holding long futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration of a Fund's portfolio by approximately the same amount of time that holding an equivalent amount of the underlying securities would.

Writing Covered Options. Each Fund may write covered put and call options on any securities or futures contracts in which it may invest, on any securities index based on or related to securities in which it may invest, or on any currency in which Fund investments may be denominated. A call option on an asset written by a Fund obligates the Fund to sell the specified asset to the holder (purchaser) at a stated price (the exercise price) if the option is exercised before a specified date (the expiration date). A put option on an asset written by a Fund obligates the Fund to buy the specified asset from the purchaser at the exercise price if the option is exercised before the expiration date.

The term "covered" means that a Fund will (a) in the case of a call option, own the asset subject to the option or have an unconditional right to purchase the same underlying asset at a price equal to or less than the exercise price of the "covered" option or, in the case of a put option, have an unconditional right to sell the same underlying asset at a price equal to or greater than the exercise price of the "covered" option, or (b) establish and maintain, for the term of the option, a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund's obligation under the option, or (c) purchase an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund's net exposure on its written option position. A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index.

16

Writing put or call options can enable a Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums paid by the purchaser of such options. Through receipt of the option premium, a call writer mitigates the effects of a price decline. At the same time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying asset in return for the exercise price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in the price increases in the underlying asset. Conversely, if the price of the underlying asset rises, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received for writing the put because it did not own the underlying asset and therefore would not benefit from the appreciation in price. If the price of the underlying asset falls, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss, which loss could be substantial, because a put writer must be prepared to pay the exercise price for the option's underlying asset if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. However, the loss should be less than the loss experienced if a Fund had purchased the underlying asset directly because the premium received for writing the option will mitigate the effects of the decline.

A Fund may enter into closing transactions with respect to options by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written (for exchange-listed options) or by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option (for over-the-counter, or "OTC" options). A Fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market; however, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time or that a Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price. In addition, although a Fund will enter into OTC options only with counterparties that are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there is no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration or that the Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price.

Purchasing Options. Each Fund may purchase put and call options on any securities or futures contracts in which it may invest, on any securities index based on or related to securities in which it may invest or on any currency in which Fund investments may be denominated. A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease, in the market value of securities or currencies of the type in which it may invest. A Fund may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options by writing an option identical to the one it has purchased (for exchange-listed options) or by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option (for OTC options). A Fund may also exercise such options or allow them to expire.

A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of the underlying assets. As the holder of a call option, a Fund has the right to purchase the underlying asset at the exercise

17

price at any time during the option period. A call buyer typically attempts to participate in potential price increases of the underlying asset with risk limited to the cost of the option, including the premium paid and transaction costs, if such asset prices fall. At the same time, the buyer can expect to suffer a loss if such asset prices do not rise sufficiently to offset the cost of the option.

A Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of the underlying assets. As the holder of a put option, a Fund has the right to sell the underlying asset at any time during the option period. A Fund may also purchase put options on a security or currency related to its investments as a defensive technique in order to protect against an anticipated decline in the value of the underlying asset. Such hedge protection is provided only during the life of the put option when a Fund, as holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying asset at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying asset's market price. The premium paid for the put option and any transaction costs would reduce any gain otherwise available for distribution when the asset is eventually sold.

Futures Contracts. Each Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, including, but not limited to, interest rate, index or foreign currency futures contracts that are traded on a recognized U.S. exchange, board of trade or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system. The Funds may engage in transactions in futures contracts for "short" hedging or "long" strategies as described below.

When a Fund purchases a futures contract, it agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. When a Fund sells a futures contract, it agrees to sell the underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when a Fund enters into the contract. While a Fund may make or take delivery of the underlying instrument whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so, positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or loss as discussed below.

A Fund may take a "short" position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or foreign currency rates that would adversely affect the value of the Fund's portfolio securities. As part of its hedging strategy, a Fund may sell futures contracts on (i) securities held by the Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund's portfolio securities, (ii) currencies in which its portfolio securities are quoted or denominated or on one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies, or
(iii) other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, if, in the opinion of Heartland Advisors, there is a sufficient degree of

18

correlation between price trends for the Fund's portfolio securities and such futures contracts. A successful short hedging position would result in any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities being substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. Conversely, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a Fund's portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

A Fund may also take a "long" position in the futures market by purchasing futures contracts. This strategy would be employed, for example, when interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising and a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency exchange rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available. A Fund may also purchase futures contracts to alter the investment characteristics of or currency exposure associated with portfolio securities, as a substitute for transactions in securities or foreign currencies, or to gain or increase exposure to a particular securities market or currency.

The purchaser of a futures contract is not required to pay for and the seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, upon entering into a futures contract, and to maintain an open position in futures contracts, a Fund would be required to deposit "initial margin" in a segregated account in the name of the executing futures commission merchant when the contract is entered into. The initial margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on initial margins that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. There may be certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, that cause an exchange to increase the level of a Fund's initial margin payment. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing to a Fund, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the transaction assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied.

Each day that a Fund has an open position in a futures contract or an option on a futures contract it will pay or receive cash, called "variation margin," to or from the futures broker equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as "marking to market." Variation margin paid or received by a Fund does not represent a borrowing or a loan, but rather represents settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract had expired at the close of the previous day. When a Fund purchases an option on a future, all that is at risk is the premium paid plus transaction costs. Alternatively, when a Fund purchases

19

or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. A Fund may be required to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous in the event the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements. In computing daily net asset value, each Fund will mark to market the current value of any open futures contracts. The Funds expect to earn interest income on their margin deposits.

Futures contracts can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then if a liquid secondary market is available; however, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time or that a Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price. Closing out an open futures contract purchase or sale is effected by entering into an offsetting futures contract sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical securities and the same delivery date. If a Fund closes out an open futures contract by entering into an offsetting futures contract, and the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If a Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase a Fund's exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the market. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold. Movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the underlying instruments due to certain characteristics of the futures markets. In particular, daily variation margin calls may cause certain participants in futures markets to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions to avoid being subject to further calls. These liquidations could distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the underlying instruments by increasing price volatility. Temporary price distortion may also be caused by increased participation by speculators in the futures markets as a result of initial margin deposit requirements being less onerous than in the securities markets.

20

Limitations on Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. The Funds will engage in transactions in futures contracts and options thereon either for bona fide hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return, in each case in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. A Fund may hold positions in futures contracts and related options that do not qualify as bona fide hedging positions if, as a result, the sum of initial margin deposits and premiums paid to establish such positions, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts, does not exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets; provided, however, that in the case of an option which is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation.

Combined Positions. Each Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one exercise price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risks of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined positions involve multiple trades, they may result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Risks in Options and Futures Transactions. Options and futures can be highly volatile investments and involve certain risks. A decision about whether, when and how to use options and futures involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior, or market or interest rate trends. Successful options and futures strategies require the ability to predict future movements in securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors. There are significant differences between the securities markets, the currency markets and the options and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. Options and futures prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect prices of the underlying instruments the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from different levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the markets for the underlying instruments, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts or suspensions by an exchange. If price changes in a Fund's options or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

21

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match a Fund's current or anticipated investments exactly. A Fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the options or futures positions will not track the performance of the Fund's other investments. For example, even the use of an option or a futures contract on a securities index may result in an imperfect correlation since the index generally will be composed of a much broader range of securities than the securities in which a Fund likely is to be invested. To the extent that a Fund's options or futures positions do not match its current or anticipated investments, there is an increased risk that the options or futures positions will not track performance of the Fund's other investments. Moreover, a Fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases.

Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves a high degree of leverage. A relatively small price movement in futures contracts could result in an immediate and substantial gain or loss to a Fund. Therefore, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract by a Fund.

There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular options or futures contracts at any particular time. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt or suspension is imposed, it may be impossible for a Fund to enter into new positions, close out existing positions or dispose of assets held in a segregated account. These events may also make an option or futures contract difficult to price. If the secondary market for a futures contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions and potentially require a Fund to continue to hold the position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, a Fund's access to other assets held to cover its options or futures positions could also be impaired. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities or currencies.

22

Federal Tax Treatment of Options and Futures Contracts. The Funds may enter into certain options and futures contracts which may or may not be treated as Section 1256 contracts or straddles under the Internal Revenue Code. Transactions which are considered Section 1256 contracts will be considered to have been closed at the end of a Fund's fiscal year and any gains or losses will be recognized for tax purposes at that time. Generally, such gains or losses and gains or losses from the normal closing or settlement of such transactions will be characterized as 60% long-term and 40% short-term regardless of the holding period of the instrument. A Fund will be required to recognize net gains or losses on such transactions when determining the Fund's distribution requirements even though it may not have closed the transaction and received cash to pay such distribution.

An options or futures contract may be considered a position in a straddle for tax purposes, in which case a loss on any position in the straddle may be subject to deferral to the extent of unrealized gain in an offsetting position.

In order for a Fund to continue to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a regulated investment company, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be derived from qualifying income (that is, dividends, interest, income derived from loans of securities and gains from the sale of securities or currencies). Options, futures and forward foreign exchange contracts entered into for an investment purpose are qualifying income. See "Portfolio Management Strategies - Foreign Currency Transactions" for a discussion of forward foreign exchange contracts.

The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (the "Act") imposed constructive sale treatment for federal income tax purposes on certain hedging strategies with respect to appreciated securities. Under these rules, taxpayers will recognize gain, but not loss, with respect to securities if they enter into short sales of "offsetting notional principal contracts" (as defined by the Act) or futures or "forward contracts" (as defined by the Act) with respect to the same or substantially identical property, or if they enter into such transactions and then acquire the same or substantially identical property. These changes generally apply to constructive sales after June 8, 1997. Furthermore, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to promulgate regulations that will treat as constructive sales certain transactions that have substantially the same effect as short sales, offsetting notional principal contracts, and futures or forward contracts to deliver the same or substantially similar property.

Hybrid Instruments. Each Fund may invest in hybrid instruments, a type of potentially high-risk derivative which combines the characteristics of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity, or a depository instrument. Generally, a hybrid instrument will be a debt security or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption, or retirement, is

23

determined by reference to prices, securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles, or commodities, or by another objective index, economic factor, or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indexes and securities indexes. Thus, hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency, or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.

Since hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the characteristics of futures or options with those of securities, hybrid instruments may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument that has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars or bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published benchmark. Although the risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, such risks may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the benchmarks or underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors that are unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer (although credit risk of the issuer is a consideration) of the hybrid instrument and that may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the underlying assets and interest rate movements. The benchmarks and underlying assets to which hybrid instruments are linked may also result in greater volatility and market risk, including leverage risk which may occur when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in a benchmark or underlying asset is multiplied to produce greater change in the value of the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain. In addition, hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often "customized" to meet the needs of the particular investor. See the section of this SAI titled "Types of Securities - Derivative Instruments - Risks in Options and Futures Transactions" above.

Swap Agreements. Each Fund may enter into swap agreements and may purchase or sell related caps, floors and collars. It would enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a desired return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of, or the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities it anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Funds intend to use these techniques for hedging purposes and not for speculation.

Swap agreements are generally individually negotiated agreements, primarily entered into by institutional investors, in which the parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on

24

particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a "notional amount" (that is, the return on, or increase in, value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign currency or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index. A Fund's successful use of these instruments will depend, in part, on Heartland Advisors' ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.

Depending on its structure, a swap agreement may increase or decrease the exposure to changes in the value of an index of securities, the value of a particular security or group of securities or foreign currency values. Depending on how it is used, a swap agreement may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a Fund's investments and its net asset value. The performance of a swap agreement is determined by the change in the specific currency, market index or security, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund. A Fund's obligation under a swap agreement, which is generally equal to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement, will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of the segregated account consisting of cash and/or other appropriate liquid assets having a value at least as great as the commitment underlying the obligations.

Swap agreements may include interest rate caps, which entitle the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount; interest rate floors, which entitle the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

If a swap agreement calls for payments by a Fund, it must be prepared to make such payments when due. If the counterparty's creditworthiness declines, or in the event of a default of the counterparty, the value of the swap agreement would likely decline, potentially resulting in a loss of the amount expected to receive under a swap agreement. A Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that Heartland Advisors reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. The swap market is largely unregulated and swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.

25

Foreign Investments

Each Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets directly in the securities of foreign issuers traded outside the United States. Each Fund may also invest without limitation in foreign securities through depository receipts, as discussed below; securities of foreign issuers that are traded on a registered U.S. stock exchange or the Nasdaq National Market; and foreign securities guaranteed by a United States person.

While investment in foreign securities is intended to reduce risk by providing further diversification, such investments involve certain risks in addition to the credit and market risks normally associated with domestic securities. The value of securities, and dividends and interest earned from such securities, can change significantly when foreign currencies strengthen or weaken relative to the U.S. dollar. Foreign securities markets may have lower trading volume and less liquidity than U.S. markets, and prices on some foreign markets can be highly volatile. Many foreign countries lack uniform accounting, auditing and disclosure standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, and it may be more difficult to obtain reliable information regarding a foreign issuer's financial condition and operations. In addition, the costs of investing overseas, including non-U.S. withholding taxes, brokerage commissions, and custodial costs, are generally higher than for U.S. investments. Such markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to settle certain transactions. Inability to sell a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in a loss to a Fund if the value of the portfolio security subsequently declined, or, if the Fund had entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible claims against the Fund.

Foreign markets may offer less protection to investors than U.S. markets. Foreign issuers, brokers and securities markets may be subject to less government regulation than their U.S. counterparts. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving the release of assets in advance of payment, may involve increased risks in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a broker-dealer, and may involve substantial delays. It also may be difficult to enforce legal rights in foreign countries.

Investing abroad also involves different political and economic risks. Foreign investments may be affected by actions of foreign governments adverse to the interests of U.S. investors, including, but not limited to, the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, or restrictions on U.S. investment or on the ability to repatriate assets or convert currency into U.S. dollars. There may be a greater possibility of default by foreign governments or foreign government-sponsored enterprises. Investments in foreign countries also involve a risk of local political, economic or social

26

instability, military action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments. There is no assurance that Heartland Advisors will be able to anticipate these political events or counter their effects.

The considerations noted above generally are intensified for investments in developing countries. Developing countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries, and securities markets that trade a small number of securities. Equity securities of foreign companies with smaller market capitalizations may involve a higher degree of risk than investments in the general foreign equity markets and such securities may be subject to even greater price volatility and may have less market liquidity than equity securities of foreign issuers with larger market capitalizations.

The Funds may invest in foreign securities that impose restrictions on transfer within the U.S. or to U.S. persons. Although securities subject to transfer restrictions may be marketable where the issuer is domiciled, they may be less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions.

American Depository Receipts ("ADRs") are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign-based issuer held by a U.S. bank or similar financial institution as depository. Designed for use in U.S. securities markets, ADRs are alternatives to the direct purchase of the underlying securities in their national markets and currencies. The limitations on the Funds' investments in foreign securities do not apply to investments in ADRs or to securities of foreign issuers that are traded on a registered U.S. stock exchange or the NASDAQ National Market. However, ADR holders may not have all of the legal rights of shareholders.

A Depository Receipt may be sponsored or unsponsored. If a Fund is invested in an unsponsored Depository Receipt, the Fund is likely to bear its proportionate share of the expenses of the depository, and it may have greater difficulty in receiving shareholder communications than it would have with a sponsored ADR.

Illiquid Securities

Each Fund may invest in illiquid securities. However, no Fund may acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund's net assets would be invested in such securities. For purposes of applying this limitation, an "illiquid security" means one that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at a price approximating the value at which the security is carried by a Fund.

Under guidelines established by, and the oversight of, Heartland's Board of Directors, Heartland Advisors determines which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain securities exempt from registration or issued in

27

transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule 144A under the Securities Act and municipal lease obligations, may be considered by Heartland Advisors to be liquid under guidelines adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has determined that private placement notes issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act generally are readily marketable even though they are subject to certain legal restrictions on resale. These securities, as well as Rule 144A securities and municipal lease obligations, deemed to be liquid pursuant to the guidelines adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors, are not treated as being subject to the limitation on illiquid securities.

Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security.

Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are deemed to be illiquid.

To the extent it invests in illiquid or restricted securities, a Fund may encounter difficulty in determining a market value for such securities. Disposing of illiquid or restricted securities may involve time-consuming negotiations and legal expense, and it may be difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell such an investment promptly and at an acceptable price. In addition, if a Fund holds a material percentage of its assets in illiquid or restricted securities, it may experience difficulty meeting its redemption obligations.

Indexed Securities

Each Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indexes, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. For example, certain debt securities in which a Fund may invest may include securities whose interest rates are determined by reference to one or more specific financial indicators, such as LIBOR, resulting in a security whose interest payments tend to rise and fall together with the financial indicator. Indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified underlying instrument's value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to the underlying instrument, or their

28

maturity value may decline when the underlying instrument increases, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying instrument.

The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the U.S. and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer's creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. government agencies.

The market for indexed securities may be thinner and less active than the market for securities in general, which can adversely affect the prices at which indexed securities are sold. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing certain indexed securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for quotations and last-sale information are available. Adverse publicity and changing investor perceptions may affect the ability to value accurately indexed securities and a Fund's ability to dispose of these securities.

Investment Companies

Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including unit investment trust or closed-end management companies, as permitted under the 1940 Act. At present, the 1940 Act provisions limit a Fund so that (a) no more than 10% of its total assets may be invested in securities of other investment companies, (b) it may not own securities of any one investment company having a value in excess of 5% of the Fund's total assets, and (c) it may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company's expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses of the Fund.

Loan Interests

Each Fund may invest in loan interests, which are interests in amounts owed by a municipality or other borrower to lenders or lending syndicates. Loan interests purchased by a Fund will vary in maturity, may be subject to restrictions on resale, are not readily marketable and may be secured or unsecured. They involve the risk of loss in case of default or bankruptcy of the borrower or, if in the form of a participation interest, the insolvency of the financial intermediary. If a Fund acquires a loan interest under which the Fund derives its rights directly from the borrower, such loan interests are separately enforceable by the Fund against the borrower and all payments of interest and principal are typically made directly to the Fund from the borrower. In the event that a Fund and

29

other lenders become entitled to take possession of shared collateral being held in connection with a loan interest as a result of default or insolvency, it is anticipated that such collateral would be held in the custody of an institution for their mutual benefit.

Typically, the U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial institution that originates, negotiates and structures the loan interest (the "Agent") administers the terms of the loan agreement. As a result, a Fund will generally rely on the Agent to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. A Fund may also rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower, if necessary. However, a Fund may be required to perform certain tasks on its own behalf in the event the Agent does not perform certain administrative or enforcement functions.

A Fund may incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan interest, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest, in the event the Agent becomes insolvent or enters into receivership or bankruptcy proceedings. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. In addition, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower's obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Each Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in real estate investment trusts ("REITs") which may own real estate properties ("equity REITs") or may make or purchase mortgages on real estate ("mortgage REITs").

REITs are subject to volatility from risks associated with investments in real estate and investments dependent on income from real estate, such as fluctuating demand for real estate and sensitivity to adverse economic conditions. Equity REITs may be adversely affected by rising interest rates, which may increase the costs of obtaining financing for real estate projects or cause investors to demand a high annual yield from future distributions. Mortgage REITs may experience diminished yields during periods of declining interest rates if they hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay during such periods. In addition, the failure of a REIT in which a Fund has invested to continue to qualify as a REIT for tax purposes would have an adverse impact on the value of the Fund's investment.

Some REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which could increase their market volatility. REITs tend to depend upon specialized management skills and may have limited diversification causing them to be subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of properties.

30

Rights and Warrants

Each Fund may purchase rights and warrants, which are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the underlying securities at a predetermined price during a specified period or perpetually. Rights and warrants are considered more speculative than certain other types of investments because they generally have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. In addition, the prices or rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration dates.

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities; Forward Commitments

Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and may purchase forward commitments. Payment and interest terms of these securities are set out at the time a Fund enters into the commitment to purchase, but normally the securities are not issued, and delivery and payment for such obligations normally does not take place, for a month or more after the purchase date. In a forward commitment transaction, a Fund contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Obligations purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security purchased declines prior to the settlement date, and may increase fluctuation in a Fund's net asset value.

On the date a Fund enters into an agreement to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the obligation in determining its net asset value. In addition, a Fund will establish and maintain, for the term of the position, a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund's obligation under the position.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds' investment objectives and policies in their respective prospectuses.

Borrowing

The extent to which a Fund will borrow will depend, among other things, on market conditions and interest rates. Each Fund may borrow from any bank or other person up to 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid by the Fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each Fund may also borrow from banks up to one-third of its total assets for other purposes such as facilitating the

31

management of its investment portfolio and making other investments or engaging in other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a borrowing (such as dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).

Foreign Currency Transactions

To manage the currency risk accompanying investments in foreign securities and to facilitate the purchase and sale of foreign securities, the Funds may engage in foreign currency transactions on a spot, or cash, basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts ("forward contracts"). Forward contracts are contractual obligations to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date (or within a specified time period) at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are usually entered into with banks and broker-dealers, are not exchange traded and are usually for less than one year, but may be renewed.

The Funds may use these instruments for hedging or any other lawful purpose consistent with their respective investment objectives.

When a Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency, it may desire to "lock in" the U.S. dollar price of the security. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transaction, a Fund will be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

In addition, when Heartland Advisors believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell or buy the amount of the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of a Fund's portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency. Alternatively, where appropriate, a Fund may hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the use of a basket of currencies or a proxy currency where such currency or currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. In such a case, a Fund may enter into a forward contract where the amount of the foreign currency to be sold exceeds the value of the securities denominated in such currency. The use of this basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than entering into separate forward contracts for each currency it holds.

The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of

32

such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into the longer-term investment decisions made with regard to overall diversification strategies. However, Heartland Advisors believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into such forward contracts when it determines that the best interests of a Fund will be served.

Successful use of forward currency contracts will depend on Heartland Advisors' skill in analyzing and predicting currency values. Forward contracts may substantially change a Fund's investment exposure to changes in currency exchange rates, and could result in losses to the Fund if currencies do not perform as Heartland Advisors anticipates. For example, if a currency's value rose at a time when Heartland Advisors had hedged a Fund by selling that currency in exchange for U.S. dollars, the Fund would be unable to participate in the currency's appreciation. There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of an instrument and price movements of investments being hedged. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded. In addition, a Fund's use of currency-related derivative instruments is always subject to the risk that the currency in question could be devalued by the foreign government. In such a case, any long currency positions would decline in value and could adversely affect any hedging position maintained by a Fund. There is no assurance that Heartland Advisors' use of forward currency contracts will be advantageous to a Fund or that it will hedge at an appropriate time.

Forward foreign exchange contracts may or may not be treated as
Section 1256 contracts or straddles under the Internal Revenue Code. See "Types of Securities - Derivative Instruments - Federal Tax Treatment of Options and Futures Contracts."

Change or Influence Control over Portfolio Companies

As a shareholder of a portfolio company, each Fund reserves the right to freely communicate its views on matters of policy to the company's management, board of directors and other shareholders when a policy may affect the value of the Fund's investment. In exercising this right, each of the Funds may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company's management. For example, a Fund might take steps, either individually or as part of a group, (a) to actively support, oppose or influence a company's decision-making, (b) to seek

33

changes in a company's management or board of directors, (c) to effect the sale of all or some of a company's assets or (d) to vote to participate in or oppose a takeover of a portfolio company or an acquisition by a portfolio company. A Fund would engage in such activities in an effort to protect and maximize the value of its investment on behalf of the Fund's shareholders. The extent to which a Fund might invest for purposes of changing or influencing control of management would depend, among other things, on facts and circumstances specific to the issuer as well as general market conditions.

It is expected that a Fund would make investments for purposes of changing or influencing control only on a selective basis when Heartland Advisors believes it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

Lending Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to institutional investors or broker-dealers up to a maximum of one-third of its total assets, where such loans are callable at any time and are continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash or liquid assets at least equal to the value of the security lent. The collateral received by a Fund will be invested in short-term debt instruments. A Fund receives amounts equal to earned income for having made the loans. A Fund is the beneficial owner of the loaned securities in that any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period inures to the Fund. Thus, when the loan is terminated, the value of the securities may be more or less than their value at the beginning of the loan. In determining whether to lend its portfolio securities, a Fund takes into account the creditworthiness of the borrower since the Fund could experience costs and delays in recovering loaned securities or exercising its rights to the collateral in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower. A Fund may pay a fee to placing brokers in connection with loans of its portfolio securities.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or nonbank dealers. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security at one price, and at the time of sale the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser's holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. Repurchase agreements which mature in more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities under the guidelines adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors and will be subject to each Fund's limitation on investments in illiquid securities. See "Types of Securities - Illiquid Securities" above.

34

Heartland Advisors will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Since the underlying securities are not owned by a Fund but only constitute collateral for the seller's obligation to repay the purchase price, repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund's ability to dispose of and costs in connection with the disposal of the underlying securities. Although no definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, Heartland Advisors reviews the creditworthiness of the banks and nonbank dealers with which the Funds enter into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers, under which the Fund sells a portfolio security to such party in return for cash and agrees to repurchase the instrument at a particular price and time. A Fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. While a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, a Fund will establish and maintain a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund's obligation under the agreement.

Each Fund may also enter into dollar rolls, in which the Fund would sell securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on the securities during the roll period, the Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time of entering into a dollar roll, a Fund will establish and maintain a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund's obligation to buy the securities.

To the extent the value of the security that a Fund agrees to purchase pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement or a dollar roll declines, the Fund may experience a loss. Reverse repurchase transactions and dollar rolls may increase fluctuations in the market value of a Fund's assets and may be viewed as a form of leverage. In determining whether to enter into a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll, a Fund will take into account the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

35

Short Sales

Each Fund may engage in short sales of securities under certain circumstances. Selling securities "short against the box" involves selling a security that a Fund owns (or has an unconditional right to purchase) for delivery at a specified date in the future to hedge protectively against anticipated declines in the market price of its portfolio's securities. If the value of the securities sold short increases prior to the scheduled delivery date, the Fund loses the opportunity to participate in the gain. A Fund may also engage in short sales of securities of an issuer ("acquirer") that has publicly announced a proposed or a pending transaction in which a portfolio security of the Fund will be converted into securities of the acquirer. A Fund will maintain a segregated collateral account with its custodian to cover open short positions in acquirer securities. If the value of an acquirer's security sold short were to increase relative to the segregated collateral, the Fund would lose the opportunity to participate in the appreciation and may also be required to purchase additional shares of the shorted security to close out the position or settle the position in cash.

Standby Commitments

To facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Funds may obtain standby commitments from brokers, dealers or banks with respect to debt securities in their portfolios. A standby commitment gives the holder the right to sell the underlying security to the seller at an agreed-upon price, generally equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security plus accrued interest, on certain dates or within a specified period. Standby commitments generally increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby reducing its yield. Standby commitments are subject to the issuer's ability to fulfill its obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, Heartland Advisors evaluates those risks by reviewing the creditworthiness of the brokers, dealers and banks from which a Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate those risks.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Each Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any restriction that is expressed as a percentage is adhered to at the time of investment or other transaction; a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value of a Fund's assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction. Calculations based on total assets do not include cash collateral held in connection with portfolio lending activities.

Restrictions that are designated as fundamental policies cannot be changed without the majority approval of shareholders as defined in the 1940

36

Act. Non-fundamental restrictions may be changed by the Heartland Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

Under the 1940 Act, "majority approval of shareholders" means approval by the lesser of (1) the holders of 67% or more of a Fund's shares represented at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of at least 50% of the Fund's outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the Fund's outstanding shares.

Fundamental Restrictions Common to the Funds

As a matter of fundamental policy, which may not be changed without shareholder approval, no Fund may:

1. Concentration. Invest more than 25% of total assets in securities of non-governmental issuers whose principal business activities are in the same industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of securities issued or guaranteed by national governments,1 their agencies or instrumentalities.

2. Real Estate. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may (i) acquire real estate as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments,
(ii) invest in securities or other instruments backed by real estate, and (iii) invest in securities of companies that are engaged in the real estate business and those that invest in real estate, including, but not limited to, real estate investment trusts.

3. Borrowing. Borrow money or property, except the Fund may (i) make investments or engage in other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may involve borrowing, provided that the combination of such activities shall not exceed 33 1/3% of total assets (including the amount borrowed), less the Fund's liabilities (other than borrowings), and (ii) borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary purposes. Any borrowing which comes to exceed these limits shall be reduced in accordance with applicable law.

4. Loans. Make loans, except the Fund may (i) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities and purchase debt, (ii) purchase money market instruments and enter into repurchase agreements, and (iii) lend portfolio securities. No Fund may lend portfolio securities if, as a result thereof, the aggregate of all such loans would exceed 33 1/3% of total assets taken at market value at the time of such loan.


(1) For so long as it is the position of the staff of the SEC that foreign governments are industries for purposes of mutual fund policies concerning concentration, they shall not be included within the types of governmental issuers excluded from the Funds' concentration policies.

37

5. Underwriting. Underwrite the securities of other persons, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

6. Senior Securities. Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

7. Commodity Interests. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except the Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts, options on futures contracts and other derivative instruments, and it may invest in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or in the securities of companies engaged in commodities businesses.

Other Fundamental Restrictions

In addition to the fundamental restrictions common to all the Funds, the Funds have fundamental policies on diversification, pledging of assets, short sales and affiliate transactions, as described below.

Diversification. The Select Value Fund (a) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; and (b) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

The Value Plus Fund (a) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and (b) may not invest more than 10% of the fair market value of its total assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The Value Plus Fund also may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

The Value Fund may not invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, except for U.S. Government agency securities and securities backed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, which may be purchased without limitation. For the purposes of this limitation, the Fund will regard the entity which has the ultimate responsibility for payment of principal and interest as the issuer. The Value Fund may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

38

Pledging of Assets. The Select Value Fund may not mortgage, hypothecate or pledge any of its assets as security for any of its obligations, except as required for otherwise permissible borrowings (including reverse repurchase agreements), short sales, futures, options and other hedging activities. The Select Value Fund also will not pledge more than 15% of its net assets to secure its permitted borrowings.

Each of the Value Plus and Value Funds may not pledge more than 15% of its net assets to secure its permitted borrowings.

Short Sales. The Value Fund may sell securities short when it either:
(a) holds a long position in the same security which equals or exceeds the number of shares sold short, or (b) holds a long position in a security with respect to which there has been a public announcement of a proposed transaction that would result in the conversion of the securities so held into an equal or greater number of shares of the securities sold short; provided that the Fund may not effect any such short sale of securities if, as a result thereof, the aggregate value of all of its open short positions would exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets, or if more than 10% of its net assets would be held as collateral for such short positions.

The other Funds do not have a fundamental restriction governing short sales.

Non-Fundamental Restrictions

Each Fund's investment objective (set forth in its Prospectus) and the following non-fundamental restrictions are subject to change by Heartland's Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

No Fund may:

1. Investment Companies. Purchase securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act. Subject to approval by the Heartland Board of Directors, the Fund may invest all (or substantially all) of its assets in the securities of a single open-end investment company (or series thereof) with the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies and restrictions as the Fund in connection with a "master/feeder" arrangement. The Fund and one or more other mutual funds or other eligible investors with identical investment objectives ("Feeders") would invest all (or a portion) of their respective assets in the shares of another investment company (the "Master") that had the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies and restrictions as the Feeders. The Fund would invest in this manner in an effort to achieve economies of scale associated with having the Master make investments in portfolio companies on behalf of the Feeders.

39

2. Illiquid Securities. Purchase a security if, as a result, more than 15% of net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

3. Margin Purchases. Purchase securities on margin, except that a Fund may (i) obtain short-term credit necessary for the clearance and settlement of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (ii) make margin deposits as required in connection with permissible options, futures, options on futures, short selling and other arbitrage activities.

4. Short Sales. Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or its staff, and provided that transactions in options, futures, options on futures, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

5. Concentration. For purposes of a Fund's fundamental restriction on concentration, industries shall be determined by reference to the classifications specified in the Fund's annual and semiannual reports. For so long as it is the position of the staff of the SEC that foreign governments are industries for purposes of such restriction, investments in foreign governments shall be so limited.

6. Futures Contracts. Purchase a futures contract or an option on a futures contract if, with respect to positions in futures and futures options which do not represent bona fide hedging transactions, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions, less the amount by which such positions are in the money within the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act, would exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets.

7. Real Estate Investment Trusts. Invest more than 10% of its total assets in real estate investment trusts.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Portfolio turnover for each Fund is the ratio of the lesser of annual purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the Fund to the average monthly value of portfolio securities owned by the Fund, not including securities maturing in less than 12 months. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if the lesser of the value of purchases or sales of a Fund's portfolio securities for a particular year were equal to the average monthly value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the year. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the portfolio turnover rates for the Funds were as follows:

2003 2004
Select Value Fund 47% 72%

40

                                                                     2003   2004
                                                                     ----   ----
Value Plus Fund                                                       68%    57%
Value Fund                                                            48%    32%

MANAGEMENT

Under applicable law, the Board of Directors is responsible for management of Heartland and provides broad supervision over its affairs. Pursuant to Heartland's Bylaws, the Board delegates day-to-day management of the Funds to the officers of Heartland. The Board meets regularly to review the Funds' investments, performance and expenses. The Board elects the officers of Heartland, and hires the Funds' service providers, including the Funds' investment advisor, Heartland Advisors, Inc., and distributor of the Funds' shares, Heartland Investor Services, LLC. The Board annually reviews and considers approval of the continuation of the investment advisory agreement with Heartland Advisors and each Fund's distribution plan. The Board also establishes, monitors and periodically reviews numerous policies and procedures governing the conduct of Heartland's business. The policy of Heartland is that 75% of Board members must not be "interested persons" (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) of Heartland Advisors, Heartland Investor Services and the Funds' transfer agent, and that the Chairman of the Board must not be an interested person. The following table presents information about each Director and officer of Heartland:

41

                                                                                                Number of
                                                Term of                                         Heartland
                                               Office and                                         Funds             Other
                                               Length of         Principal Occupation(s)         Overseen     Directorships/(2)/
Name, Address               Position(s) Held      Time                 During Past                  by             Held by
and Date of Birth            With Heartland   Served/(1)/               Five Years               Director          Director
--------------------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------------------------  ---------  -----------------------
Independent Directors:

Lawrence M. Woods           Chairman of the    Since 2/03  Retired; Director, The AAL Funds,         3                None
524 Sunset Drive            Board and                      Inc., 1987 to 2002; President and
Worland, WY 82401           Director                       CEO, Centennial Airlines, 1983 to
Birthdate: 4/14/32                                         1987; Director, Mobil Corporation,
                                                           1977 to 1985; Vice President, Mobil
                                                           Corporation, 1969 to 1977.

Dale J. Kent                Director           Since 8/03  Chief Financial Officer, West Bend        3                None
1900 South 18th Avenue                                     Mutual Insurance Company, since
West Bend, WI 53095                                        July 2002; Partner, Arthur Andersen
Birthdate: 11/12/52                                        LLP, 1986 to 2002; employed by
                                                           Arthur Andersen LLP, in other
                                                           capacities, 1974 to 1985.

Michael D. Dunham           Director           Since 1/04  President and Owner, Dunham Global        3      Merge Technologies,
12000 West Park Place                                      Associates, Ltd., since 2001;                    Inc. (a provider of
Milwaukee, WI 53224                                        Senior Vice President - Business                 radiological imaging
Birthdate: 7/25/45                                         Development, IFS AB, since January               and information
                                                           2000; Co-Founder and CEO, Effective              integration solutions)
                                                           Management Systems, Inc., 1978 to
                                                           1999.

Robert A. Rudell            Director           Since 2/05  Retired; Chief Operating Officer,         3      Director, Medtox
6623 Kelsey Court                                          Zurich Scudder Investments, 1998 to              Scientific, April 2002
Edina, MN 55436                                            2002.                                            to present; Director,
Birthdate: 09/06/48                                                                                         LPL Financial
                                                                                                            Advisors/Optimum Funds,
                                                                                                            May 2003 to present;
                                                                                                            Director Bloodhound
                                                                                                            Investment Research
                                                                                                            Inc., September 2003 to
                                                                                                            present.
Interested Directors and Officers:

William J. Nasgovitz/(3)/   President and     Since 12/84  President and Chief Executive             3                None
789 North Water Street      Director                       Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc.,
Milwaukee, WI  53202                                       since 1982.
Birthdate: 10/8/44

42

                                                                                                Number of
                                                Term of                                         Heartland
                                               Office and                                         Funds             Other
                                               Length of         Principal Occupation(s)         Overseen     Directorships/(2)/
Name, Address               Position(s) Held      Time                 During Past                  by             Held by
and Date of Birth            With Heartland   Served/(1)/               Five Years               Director          Director
--------------------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------------------------------  ---------  -----------------------
Eric J. Miller              Chief Executive    Since 1/04  Senior Vice President, Heartland        N/A               N/A
789 North Water Street      Officer                        Advisors, Inc., since 1994; Vice
Milwaukee, WI 53202                                        President and Chief Financial
Birthdate: 8/6/53                                          Officer, American Appraisal
                                                           Associates, 1986 to 1994; Financial
                                                           Manager, Chilton Company, 1984 to
                                                           1986; Financial Analyst, FMC
                                                           Corporation, 1980 to 1984.

Paul T. Beste               Vice President     Since 9/97  Secretary and Treasurer, Heartland      N/A               N/A
789 North Water Street                                     Value Manager, LLC, since August
Milwaukee, WI 53202                                        2000; Chief Operating Officer,
Birthdate: 1/23/56                                         Heartland Advisors, Inc., since
                                                           December 1999; employed by
                                                           Heartland Advisors, Inc. in other
                                                           capacities since 1997; Director of
                                                           Taxes/ Compliance, Strong Capital
                                                           Management, Inc., 1992 to 1997.

Nicole J. Best              Treasurer and      Since 6/00  Senior Vice President and               N/A               N/A
789 North Water Street      Principal                      Treasurer, Heartland Advisors,
Milwaukee, WI 53202         Accounting                     Inc., since March 2001; employed by
Birthdate: 9/2/73           Officer                        Heartland Advisors, Inc. in other
                                                           capacities since March 1998;
                                                           employed by Arthur Andersen LLP,
                                                           1995 to 1998.

Constance R. Wick           Vice President,    Since 4/03  Senior Vice President and Chief         N/A               N/A
789 North Water Street      Secretary and                  Compliance Officer, Heartland
Milwaukee, WI 53202         Chief                          Advisors, Inc., since February
Birthdate: 8/23/64          Compliance                     2003; Associate Counsel, Strong
                            Officer                        Capital Management, Inc., 1998 to
                                                           2002.


/(1)/ Officers of Heartland serve one-year terms, subject to annual reappointment by the Board of Directors. Directors of Heartland serve a term of indefinite length until their resignation or removal, and stand for re-election by shareholders only as and when required under the 1940 Act.

/(2)/ Only includes directorships held in a company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any company registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

/(3)/ Mr. Nasgovitz is considered to be an "interested person" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of Heartland Group, Inc. because of his position with Heartland Advisors, Inc.

43

The standing committees of Heartland's Board of Directors include an audit committee and a nominating committee. Both committees consist of all the independent directors, namely Michael D. Dunham, Dale J. Kent, Lawrence M. Woods and Robert A. Rudell. Mr. Woods serves as chairman of the audit committee and Mr. Dunham serves as chairman of the nominating committee. Mr. Kent has been determined by the Board to be an audit committee financial expert.

The audit committee is responsible for selecting the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds to the Board and oversees the preparation of each Fund's financial statements. In this capacity, the audit committee meets at least annually with the independent registered public accounting firm to discuss any issues surrounding the preparation and audit of the Funds' financial statements. The audit committee also discusses with the independent registered public accounting firm the strengths and weaknesses of the systems and operating procedures employed in connection with the preparation of each Fund's internal financial statements, pricing procedures and the like, as well as the performance and cooperation of staff members responsible for these functions. The audit committee has adopted a written charter. The audit committee had four meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

The nominating committee nominates candidates for appointment to the Board of Directors to fill vacancies and to nominate candidates for election and re-election to the Board as and when required. The nominating committee generally does not accept recommendations for nominations by shareholders of the Funds. The nominating committee has adopted a written charter. The nominating committee had two meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

Director Ownership of Fund Shares

The table below sets forth the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned by the directors of Heartland as of December 31, 2004.

                          Dollar Range of Equity      Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
                                Securities           Securities in All Heartland Funds
Name of Director          in each Heartland Fund            Overseen by Director
--------------------   ---------------------------   ---------------------------------
William J. Nasgovitz   Over $100,000 (Select Value)              Over $100,000
                       Over $100,000 (Value Plus)
                       Over $100,000 (Value)
Michael D. Dunham      Over $100,000 (Select Value)              Over $100,000
                       Over $100,000 (Value Plus)
                       Over $100,000 (Value)

44

                            Dollar Range of Equity        Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
                                  Securities             Securities in All Heartland Funds
Name of Director            in each Heartland Fund              Overseen by Director
--------------------   -------------------------------   ---------------------------------
Dale J. Kent           $1 - $10,000 (Select Value)               $10,001 - $50,000
                       $1 - $10,000 (Value Plus)
                       $10,001 - $50,000 (Value)
Lawrence M. Woods      None (Select Value)                         Over $100,000
                       $50,001 - $100,000 (Value Plus)
                       $50,001 - $100,000 (Value)

No information is provided as to Robert A. Rudell because he did not become a director until February 2005.

No director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or his or her immediate family members, owned beneficially or of record, as of December 31, 2004, any securities of Heartland Advisors, Heartland Investor Services or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services.

45

Director Compensation

Heartland pays the compensation of the Directors who are not officers, directors or employees of Heartland Advisors. The following compensation was paid to the Directors who are not interested persons of Heartland Advisors for their services during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004:

                            Aggregate Compensation           Pension or        Total Compensation from
Director                from Each Heartland Fund/(1)/   Retirement Benefits   Heartland Fund Complex/(1)/
--------                -----------------------------   -------------------   ---------------------------
Dale J. Kent                $1,047 (Select Value)               None                    $28,000
                            $3,838 (Value Plus)
                            $23,115 (Value)

Michael D. Dunham           $1,047 (Select Value)               None                    $28,000
                            $3,838 (Value Plus)
                            $23,115 (Value)

Lawrence M. Woods           $1,047(Select Value)                None                    $28,000
                            $3,838 (Value Plus)
                            $23,115 (Value)

Robert A. Rudell/(2)/       None                                None                    None


/(1)/ Heartland has a deferred compensation program for its Directors under which they may elect to defer all or a portion of their compensation and invest the deferral in "phantom" shares of any Heartland Fund. The table above includes all deferred compensation of Directors. As of December 31, 2004, there were no participants in the deferred compensation plan.

/(2)/ Mr. Rudell did not become a director until February 2005.

Material Transactions with Independent Directors

Heartland Advisors leases space for its principal business offices at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, from the building owner, Water Street Investments, LLC, at a monthly base rent of approximately $42,500. The owners of Water Street Investment, LLC are William G. Nasgovitz (a Heartland director and President of Heartland Advisors) who owns 85% and Kevin Clark (an officer of Heartland Advisors) who owns 15%.

Other than as disclosed above, no director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or an immediate family member of such director, has had, during the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect interest in Heartland Advisors, Heartland Investor Services or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services, which exceeds $60,000. In addition, no director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or any immediate family members of such director, has had, during the two most recently completed

46

calendar years, a direct or indirect material interest in any transaction or series of similar transactions in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000 and to which one of the parties was Heartland; an officer of Heartland; an investment company (or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act); an officer of an investment company (or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act) having Heartland Advisors as its investment adviser or Heartland Investor Services as its principal underwriter or having an investment advisor or principal underwriter that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services; Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services; an officer of Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investment Services; or a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Heartland Advisors or Heartland Investor Services, or an officer of any such "control" person. No director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or immediate family member, of such a director, has had, in the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect relationship, in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000, with any of the persons described above in this paragraph and which include payments for property or services to or from any of those persons; provision of legal services to any person specified above in this paragraph; provision of investment banking services to any person specified above in this paragraph, other than a participating underwriter in a syndicate; or any consulting or other relationship that is substantially similar in nature and scope to the relationships detailed herein.

Portfolio Managers

As described in the Prospectus, the portfolio managers of the Funds are as follows:

Select Value Fund   Hugh F. Denison
                    David C. Fondrie
                    Theodore D. Baszler

Value Plus Fund     D. Rodney Hathaway
                    William J. Nasgovitz
                    Eric J. Miller

Value Fund          William J. Nasgovitz
                    Eric J. Miller
                    Bradford A. Evans

Portfolio Managers' Compensation Structure.

47

Each of the portfolio managers is a full time employee of Heartland Advisors. Heartland Advisors is responsible for paying all compensation, including various employee benefits, to the portfolio managers. On an annual basis, each portfolio manager receives a fixed salary based primarily on the manager's relevant industry experience, which may be increased each calendar year. Each portfolio manager is also eligible to participate in Heartland Advisors' 401(k) plan that is offered to all Heartland Advisors' full-time employees.

On an annual basis, a portfolio manager is also eligible to receive the following compensation:

(1) A performance-based incentive, which takes into consideration the one-year and three-year performance of a Fund managed by the portfolio manager that performs in the top 50% of its respective Lipper category. Because each Fund is team managed, Heartland Advisors calculates the total potential pool for this performance-based incentive and generally allocates a portion of this pool to each Fund's management team member on a discretionary basis. This total pool is determined by multiplying a basis point factor by the current assets under management of each respective Fund, using a minimum asset base of $250 million, for a Fund's one-year and three-year Lipper performance. The applicable base point factor generally ranges from 0.6 to 2.0 of assets under management depending on the percent quartile of the Fund's performance in its respective Lipper category for the applicable period; and

(2) A discretionary incentive, which is based, among other factors, on the research of securities that are held or considered for purchase for the Funds, the manager's contribution to a Fund's day-to-day management, and the profitability of Heartland Advisors.

In addition, a portfolio manager who also manages separate advisory client accounts of Heartland Advisors is eligible to receive up to 10% of the annual advisory fees paid by such advisory clients to Heartland Advisors. Finally, certain portfolio managers also participate in a phantom stock ownership plan offered by Heartland Advisors.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares. The table below sets forth the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned, directly and indirectly, by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2004.

48

  Name of Portfolio          Dollar Range of Equity                  Aggregate Dollar Range of
       Manager          Securities in each Heartland Fund    Equity Securities in all Heartland Funds
--------------------   -----------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Theodore D. Baszler    $100,001 to 500,000  (Select Value)             $100,001 to 500,000
                       $1 to 10,000 (Value Plus)
                       $10,001 to 50,000 (Value)

Hugh F. Denison        $100,001 to 500,000 (Select Value)                Over $1,000,000
                       $100,001 to 500,000 (Value Plus)
                       Over $1,000,000 (Value)

Bradford A. Evans       None (Select Value)                            $100,001 to 500,000
                        None (Value Plus)
                       $100,001 to 500,000 (Value)

David C. Fondrie       $100,001 to 500,000 (Select Value)              $100,001 to 500,000
                       $50,001 to 100,000 (Value Plus)
                       $100,001 to 500,000 (Value)

D. Rodney Hathaway      None  (Select Value)                           $100,001 to 500,000
                       $50,001 to 100,000 (Value Plus)
                       $100,001 to 500,000 (Value)

Eric J. Miller         $50,001 to 100,000 (Select Value)               $100,001 to 500,000
                       $100,001 to 500,000 (Value Plus)
                       $100,001 to 500,000 (Value)

William J. Nasgovitz   Over $1,000,000 (Select Value)                    Over $1,000,000
                       Over $1,000,000 (Value Plus)
                       Over $1,000,000  (Value)

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers. The following table sets forth the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio managers (excluding the Funds) within each of the following categories and the total assets (in thousands) in such accounts, as of December 31, 2004. Except as noted below, none of the accounts managed by these portfolio managers is charged an advisory fee based on the performance of the account.

                                  Registered             Other Pooled
Name                         Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles         Other Accounts
----                         --------------------   ----------------------   ------------------------
Small Cap Separate                   None                    None            24 totaling $381,044,202
Account Team,
consisting of William J.
Nasgovitz and Eric J.
Miller

Multi-Cap/Balanced                   None                    None            65 totaling $90,098,521
Separate Account
Team, consisting of
Theodore D. Baszler,
Hugh F. Denison and
David C. Fondrie

Combined Team of                     None                    None             1 totaling $31,141,683
William J. Nasgovitz, Eric
J. Miller and Theodore D.
Baszler
Combined Team of Eric                None                    None             4 totaling $7,536,145
J. Miller and Theodore D.

49

Baszler
Bradford A. Evans                    None                    None                      None
D. Rodney Hathaway                   None                    None                      None
Theodore D. Baszler                  None                    None             1 totaling $1,907,779
Eric J. Miller                       None                    None            36 totaling $36,342,763
William J. Nasgovitz                 None           1 totaling $20,724,079   48 totaling $43,915,786

Mr. Nasgovitz manages the investments of a portion of a private investment fund (with total assets of $31,898,002 million as of December 31, 2004) that is charged a fee based on the performance of the fund.

Conflicts of Interest. Many, but not all, of the other accounts managed by the Funds' portfolio managers have investment strategies similar to those employed for the Funds. Possible material conflicts of interest arising from the portfolio managers' management of the investments of the Funds, on the one hand, and the investments of other accounts, on the other hand, include the portfolio managers' allocation of sufficient time, energy and resources to managing the investments of the Funds in light of their responsibilities with respect to numerous other accounts, particularly accounts that have different strategies from those of the Funds; the fact that the fees payable to Heartland Advisors for managing the Funds may be less than the fees payable to Heartland Advisors for managing other accounts, potentially motivating the portfolio managers to spend more time on managing the other accounts; the proper allocation of investment opportunities that are appropriate for the Funds and other accounts; and the proper allocation of aggregated purchase and sale orders for the Funds and other accounts. Heartland Advisors has adopted comprehensive policies and procedures designed to mitigate these conflicts of interests.

Codes of Ethics

Heartland, Heartland Advisors and Heartland Investor Services, LLC each have adopted a personal trading code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, which are designed to prevent advisory personnel and other access persons from engaging in any fraudulent or unlawful personal trading activity, such as insider trading. The codes of ethics permit officers, directors and employees of their respective companies to invest in securities, including securities that may be held by the Funds, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the codes to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest.

Heartland has also adopted a code of ethics for its principal executive, financial and accounting officers as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This written code sets forth standards that are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of conflicts of interest; full, fair, accurate, timely and

50

understandable disclosure in reports and documents Heartland files with the SEC and in other shareholder communications; compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules or registrations; the prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to an appropriate person; and accountability for adherence to the code.

Proxy Voting Policies

Proxy voting policies adopted by Heartland are attached to this Statement of Additional Information as Appendix A. These proxy voting policies describe the procedures used by Heartland to determine how to vote proxies with respect to securities held by the Funds. Information regarding how Heartland actually voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds during the 12-month period ended June 30, 2004 are available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling 1.800.432.7856, and on Heartland's website at www.heartlandfunds.com, and (2) on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

51

Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

Heartland has adopted policies and procedures restricting the disclosure of information related to the Funds' portfolio holdings. Heartland generally prohibits the selective disclosure of portfolio holdings information. However, upon request, it will disclose holdings information as of the end of each month beginning 30 days after such month. Heartland may disclose more current holdings information to selected third parties with the approval of Heartland Advisors' Investment Policy Committee and Compliance Department, when there are legitimate business purposes for doing so and the recipients of such information are subject to a duty of confidentiality. Such recipients could include ratings agencies, such as Lipper and Morningstar, to enable them to rank and/or rate the Funds, and third party consultants or databases. Exceptions to these policies and procedures may not be made without the consent of the Fund's Chief Compliance Officer. Heartland also discloses holdings information on a daily basis to the Funds' service providers, such as its fund accountant, transfer agent and custodian, provided that such service providers are subject to duties of confidentiality imposed by law and/or contract. Heartland also publishes quarterly Fund commentaries, which may discuss certain portfolio holdings, and quarterly fact sheets about the Funds, which contain top 10 holdings. This information is available on the Funds' website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

Heartland also files complete schedules of the Funds' portfolio holdings as of the end of each calendar quarter with the SEC within 60 days following the end of such quarter. Such filings are made on Form N-Q for the first and third calendar quarters and on Form N-CSR for the second and fourth calendar quarters. These quarterly schedules are available on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. Heartland also posts these schedules on its website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

Heartland Advisors also has policies and procedures to limit public communications about a Fund's holdings. These policies and procedures, which apply to all personnel of Heartland Advisors, require coordination of media inquiries; prohibit discussions of non-public information, including the unauthorized disclosure of portfolio holdings in any private account and the disclosure of securities on a restricted list or acquired in private placements and other private transactions or that represent significant positions in a particular issuer; and prohibit public statements that are inconsistent with Heartland's investment outlook, that constitute investment recommendations or that may have the effect of "conditioning the market," such as positive statements about a security intended to be sold or negative comments about a security intended to be purchased.

Neither Heartland nor Heartland Advisers receives any compensation for disclosure of the Funds' portfolio holdings.

52

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of February 1, 2005, no person controlled any of the Funds and the directors and officers of Heartland Group, Inc. as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Value Fund, the Select Value Fund and the Value Plus Fund. As of such date, no person was known to management to own, beneficially or of record, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any of the Funds except as follows:

Record or Beneficial Holder              Fund         No. of Shares (%)
----------------------------------   ------------   ---------------------
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.           Select Value     998,663.211   26.4%
ATTN: Mutual Funds                   Value Plus     4,252,187.725   28.0%
101 Montgomery Street                Value          7,018,283.304   19.1%
San Francisco, CA 94104-4122
(record holder)

National Financial Services Corp.    Select Value   1,192,782.322   26.4%
The Exclusive Benefit                Value Plus     3,904,964.973   25.7%
of Our Customers                     Value          5,335,045.138   14.5%
200 Liberty Street
New York, NY 10281-1003
(record holder)

National Investor Services           Select Value     266,856.937    5.9%
55 Water Street                      Value Plus       815,608.826    5.4%
32nd Floor
New York, NY 10041-3299
(record holder)

Pershing/Donaldson Lufkin Jenrette   Select Value     277,494.392    6.1%
P.O. Box 2052                        Value Plus        992,663.84    6.5%
Jersey City, NJ 07303-2052
(record holder)

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Heartland Advisors provides investment management and administrative services to the Funds pursuant to identical Investment Advisory Agreements with respect to all of the Funds. All of these agreements are collectively referred to as the "Management Agreements." William J. Nasgovitz, a Director and the President of Heartland, controls Heartland Advisors by virtue of his indirect ownership of a majority of its outstanding capital stock and serves as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Heartland Advisors, founded in 1982, serves as the investment advisor for the Funds, and also provides investment management services for individuals, institutions and retirement plans. As of March 1, 2005, Heartland Advisors had approximately $3.0 billion in assets under management. Mr. Nasgovitz intends to retain control of Heartland Advisors through the continued ownership of a majority of the outstanding voting stock of Heartland Holdings, Inc., which owns all of the stock of Heartland Advisors.

53

Under the Management Agreements, each of the Select Value and Value Funds pays Heartland Advisors an annual management fee at the rate of 0.75% of the respective Fund's average daily net assets, and the Value Plus Fund pays Heartland Advisors an annual management fee at the rate of 0.70% of the Fund's average daily net assets. The fees are paid in monthly installments.

Each of the Management Agreements continues from year to year only if such continuation is approved annually by the Board of Directors of the Funds, including at least a majority of the Directors who are not "interested persons" of the Funds (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940). The Board of Directors, including all of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Funds, last approved the annual continuation of the Management Agreements at a regular quarterly meeting held in May 2004. In connection with its consideration of the Management Agreements, the Board of Directors evaluated the performance of each Fund in comparison to its benchmark index and peer group of mutual funds. The Board of Directors also considered information regarding the advisory fees and the total operating expenses of each Fund, including comparative information with respect to a peer group of mutual funds, and the investment process used by Heartland Advisors. The Directors also reviewed financial statements and profitability information regarding Heartland Advisors and its parent company, Heartland Holdings, Inc., as well as revenue sharing payments made by Heartland Advisors.

The Board specifically noted that the management fees for all of the Funds were less than their Lipper peer group averages as of December 31, 2003, although the total expense ratio for the Select Value Fund was higher than its peer group average due to its relatively small size. A profitability analysis reviewed by the Board further suggested that the margins experienced by Heartland Advisors from its advisory relationship with the Funds were not excessive, including when compared to selected other mutual fund advisors, and were in fact less than the margins experienced by Heartland Advisors with respect to its management of private accounts. The Board also noted that the performance of each of the Funds over one-, three-, five- and ten-year periods ended December 31, 2003 exceeded its respective Lipper index and universe averages. The Board recognized the difficulties in achieving economies of scale for the Funds because of the labor-intensive nature of research required for small cap investing. Small cap investing requires a greater number of holdings to maintain an acceptably lower ownership percentage in an issuer. The Board generally believed that Heartland Advisor's depth of experience, special expertise and successful track record in managing equity securities in a value strategy has served the Funds well.

The Board considered the SEC complaint, filed in federal district court in December 2003, regarding the alleged mispricing of certain thinly traded bonds held by three fixed income funds of Heartland that were managed by Heartland Advisors, as well as alleged insider trading by certain principals of

54

Heartland Advisors including Mr. Nasgovitz. The Board determined, based on its understanding of the subject matter and the status of the SEC litigation, that the litigation raised no issues of Heartland Advisors' competence to manage the Funds, and that the litigation would not likely affect the ability of Heartland Advisors to manage the Funds in the near term. The Board also inquired as to the financial condition of Heartland Advisors in light of its significant legal expenses and was informed that Heartland Advisors was experiencing good cash flow, had reduced its outstanding debt and was exploring a line of credit. After reviewing all of this information and considering all of these factors, the Board unanimously approved the continuation of the Management Agreements for an additional year. The Board continues to monitor Heartland Advisors' performance, financial condition and the status of the SEC litigation discussed in the Prospectus to reconfirm and validate this assessment.

The Management Agreements may enable Heartland Advisors to receive investment research products and services from certain broker-dealers as a result of its authority to allocate securities transactions for the Funds to those firms.

The following table sets forth the management fees paid by each Fund to Heartland Advisors for the last three fiscal years:

                                       2002          2003          2004
                                    ----------   -----------   -----------
Select Value Fund                   $  429,008   $   435,387   $   678,555
Value Plus Fund                     $  457,396   $   744,869   $ 2,403,231
Value Fund                          $7,857,924   $10,240,274   $15,059,132

Under the Management Agreements, Heartland Advisors manages the investment operations of the Funds and provides administrative services. Subject to the supervision and control of the Board of Directors, Heartland Advisors is authorized to formulate and maintain a continuing investment program with respect to the Funds and to determine the selection, amount, and time to buy, sell or lend securities or other investments for the Funds, including the selection of entities with or through which such purchases, sales or loans are to be effected. In addition, Heartland Advisors supervises the business and affairs of the Funds and provides such services and facilities as may be required for effective administration of the Funds. Heartland Advisors will permit any of its officers or employees to serve without compensation from the Funds as directors or officers of Heartland if elected to such positions.

Heartland Advisors at its own expense furnishes all executive and other personnel to the Funds, paying all salaries and fees of the officers and directors of Heartland who are employed by Heartland Advisors or its affiliates. In addition, Heartland Advisors provides office space and other facilities required to render the services set forth above. Heartland Advisors is not required to pay

55

or provide any credit for services provided by Heartland's custodian, transfer agent or other agents without additional costs to Heartland. Moreover, if Heartland Advisors pays or assumes any expenses of Heartland or a Fund which it is not required to pay or assume under the Management Agreements, Heartland Advisors will not be obligated to pay or assume the same or similar expense in the future.

The Funds bear all their other expenses including all charges of depositories, custodians and other agencies for the safekeeping and servicing of their cash, securities and other property; all expenses of maintaining and servicing shareholder accounts, including all charges for transfer, shareholder recordkeeping, dividend disbursing, redemption and other agents for the benefit of the Funds; all charges for equipment or services used for obtaining price quotations or for communication with the Funds' custodian, transfer agent or any other agent selected by Heartland; all charges for accounting services provided to the Funds by Heartland Advisors or any other provider of such services; all charges for services of Heartland's independent auditors and legal counsel; all compensation of directors and officers (other than those employed by or who serve as directors of Heartland Advisors or its affiliates), all expenses of Heartland's officers and directors incurred in connection with their services to the Funds, and all expenses of meetings of the directors or committees thereof; all expenses incidental to holding meetings of shareholders, including expenses of printing and supplying to each record-date shareholder notice and proxy solicitation materials, and all other proxy solicitation expenses; all expenses of printing of annual or more frequent revisions of the Funds' prospectuses, statements of additional information and shareholder reports, and of supplying to each then existing shareholder copies of such materials as required by applicable law; all expenses of bond and insurance coverage required by law or deemed advisable by the Heartland Board of Directors; all brokers' commissions and other normal charges incident to the purchase, sale or lending of portfolio securities; all taxes and governmental fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies, domestic or foreign, including all stamp or other transfer taxes; all expenses of registering and maintaining the registration of Heartland under the 1940 Act and, to the extent no exemption is available, expenses of registering shares under the Securities Act of 1933, of qualifying and maintaining qualification of Heartland and of shares of the Funds for sale under the securities laws of various states or other jurisdictions, and of registration and qualification of Heartland under all other laws applicable to Heartland or its business activities; all interest on indebtedness and commitment fees for lines of credit, if any, incurred by Heartland or the Funds; and all fees, dues and other expenses incurred by Heartland in connection with membership in any trade association or other investment company organization. Any expenses that are attributable solely to the organization, operation or business of a particular Fund shall be paid solely out of that Fund's assets. Any expenses incurred by Heartland that are not solely attributable to a particular Fund are apportioned in

56

such a manner as Heartland Advisors determines is fair and appropriate, or as otherwise specified by the Board of Directors.

The Management Agreements provide that neither Heartland Advisors, nor any of its directors, officers, shareholders, agents or employees shall have any liability to Heartland or any shareholder of Heartland for any error of judgment, mistake of law, loss arising out of any investment, or any other act or omission in the performance by Heartland Advisors of its duties under the agreement, except for loss or liability resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on Heartland Advisors' part or from reckless disregard by Heartland Advisors of its obligations and duties under the agreement.

Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent

BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc. ("BISYS"), 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219, serves as transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Funds.

Bookkeeping and Accounting Agreement

For certain bookkeeping and accounting services it provides to the Funds, BISYS receives an annual fee based on total assets of all Funds prorated among them in an amount equal to 0.035% on the first $2 billion of average daily net assets; 0.025% on the next $2 billion of average daily net assets and 0.015% of average daily net assets in excess of $3 billion.

Custodian

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, serves as custodian for the Funds. The Custodian is responsible for, among other things, holding all securities and cash, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, and receiving and collecting income from investments. Subcustodians may provide custodial services for certain assets of the Funds held domestically and outside the U.S.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, an independent registered public accounting firm, audits the annual financial statements of the Funds and report thereon, prepares and/or reviews certain regulatory reports and the federal income tax returns, and performs other professional auditing, tax and accounting services when engaged by Heartland to do so.

DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

Heartland Investor Services, LLC (the "Distributor"), 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219, acts as principal underwriter and distributor of the shares

57

of the Funds. Heartland Investor Services, LLC is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The BISYS Group, Inc. Heartland Investor Services, LLC is an affiliate of the Funds' transfer agent, BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc.

Under the Distribution Agreement approved by the Board of Directors of Heartland (including a majority of those directors who are not interested persons of Heartland or of the Distributor), the Distributor has agreed to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sales of shares of the Funds and to undertake such advertising and promotion as it believes is reasonable in connection with such solicitation. The Distributor engages in activities which it in good faith deems reasonable, which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Funds, including without limitation advertising, compensation of securities dealers, sales personnel and others for distribution and related services, the printing and mailing of prospectuses to persons other than current shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature.

The Distribution Agreement will continue for each Fund automatically for successive one-year terms, provided that such continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the vote of the members of Heartland's Board of Directors who are not interested persons of the Fund or the Distributor, cast in person at a meeting for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the vote of either a majority of Heartland's Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Notwithstanding the above, the Distribution Agreement may be terminated without penalty on not less than 60 days' prior written notice by either party and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

Rule 12b-1 Plan

Each Fund has adopted a distribution plan (the "Rule 12b-1 Plan") which, among other things, requires it to pay the Distributor a monthly amount of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets computed on an annual basis.

The amount reimburses the Distributor for distributing and servicing each Fund's shares. Covered distribution expenses include, but are not limited to, the printing of prospectuses and reports used for sales purposes, advertisements, expenses of preparation and printing of sales literature, expenses associated with electronic marketing and sales media and communications, and other sales or promotional expenses, including compensation paid to any securities dealer (including the Distributor), financial institution or other person who renders assistance in distributing or promoting the sale of Fund shares, provides shareholder services to the Funds or has incurred any of the aforementioned expenses on behalf of the Fund pursuant to either a Dealer Agreement or other authorized arrangement. Covered servicing expenses include, but are not limited to, costs associated with relationship management, retirement plan enrollment meetings, investment and educational meetings, conferences and seminars, and the cost of collateral materials for such events. Each Fund is

58

obligated to pay fees under the Rule 12b-1 Plan only to the extent of expenses actually incurred by the Distributor for the current year, and thus there will be no carry-over expenses from previous years. No fee paid by a Fund under the Rule 12b-1 Plan may be used to reimburse the Distributor for expenses incurred in connection with another Fund.

Each Fund's Rule 12b-1 Plan also authorizes the Fund to pay covered distribution and servicing expenses directly rather than through the Distributor, subject to the requirement that the aggregate amounts paid directly and to the Distributor do not exceed 0.25% per annum of the Fund's average daily net assets. A Fund's direct payment of covered distribution and servicing expenses is made with the Distributor's knowledge primarily for administrative convenience.

Under the Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Distributor provides the Directors for their review promptly after the end of each quarter a written report on disbursements under the Rule 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such payments were made, plus a summary of the expenses incurred by the Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Plan. In approving the Rule 12b-1 Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1, the Directors considered various factors, including the amount of the distribution fee. The Directors determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plan will benefit each Fund and its shareholders.

The Rule 12b-1 Plan continues in effect from year to year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the vote of the Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Distributor, cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Rule 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to each Fund, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Any change in the Rule 12b-1 Plan that would materially increase the distribution cost to the Fund requires shareholder approval; otherwise, it may be amended by the Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting upon such amendment. So long as the Rule 12b-1 Plan is in effect, the selection or nomination of the Directors who are not interested persons is committed to the discretion of such Directors.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Funds paid the following amounts to the Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Plan: $226,185 for the Select Value Fund; $858,296 for the Value Plus Fund; and $4,433,891 for the Value Fund.

59

The principal types of activities for which the Funds made payments (net of waivers) under the Rule 12b-1 Plan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 were as follows:

                                        Printing/Mailing
                                         of Prospectuses
                      Advertising/       (Other than to      Underwriter   Broker-Dealer   Sales Personnel
                    Sales Literature   Current Investors)   Compensation   Compensation*     Compensation
                    ----------------   ------------------   ------------   -------------   ---------------

Select Value Fund       $                   $                    --         $  193,501        $  6,744
                         -------             -------
Value Plus Fund         $                   $                    --         $  799,224        $ 19,480
                         -------             -------
Value Fund              $                   $                    --         $3,732,698        $147,632
                         -------             -------


* Includes compensation to Heartland Investor Services, LLC, other broker-dealers and financial institutions.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Heartland Advisors is responsible for each Fund's portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions, subject to the Fund's specific investment restrictions and requirements.

Purchases and sales for all portfolios managed by Heartland Advisors for its clients, including the Funds' portfolios, are allocated on a basis which is deemed to be fair and appropriate based on the characteristics and needs of the portfolios. Heartland Advisors may, when appropriate, aggregate purchases or sales of securities and allocate such trades among two or more portfolios. By so doing, Heartland Advisors anticipates that it may be able to decrease brokerage and transaction costs to its clients through volume discounts, reduction of brokerage commissions through negotiations not available to purchasers or sellers of smaller volumes of securities, and/or by obtaining the best pricing possible for such trades. In general, investment opportunities are allocated pro rata among clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions where sufficient quantities or trading volumes of a security make such allocation practicable. However, because many of the securities owned by Heartland Advisors' clients have a limited trading market, it may not be possible to purchase or sell a sufficient quantity of securities of a particular issuer at a particular time to allocate pro rata among all clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions. Blocks of such securities, when available, may require immediate purchase decisions by Heartland Advisors prior to allocation of the order among clients. In other instances, because of the nature of the markets for securities with lower volume, it may take a significant period of time to accumulate or dispose of a position in such securities at a price deemed acceptable by Heartland Advisors. In such cases,

60

the price of the security may fluctuate over time and it may be desirable to allocate trades to a particular client or group of clients in order to accumulate or dispose of a position of reasonable size in relation to the size of the account with as little disruption of the market as possible.

In order to seek the fair treatment of all clients, while recognizing the inherent need for flexibility, especially in the micro cap and small cap markets and the markets for certain fixed income securities, it is Heartland Advisors' policy to allocate investment opportunities, purchases and sales among clients on a basis that considers the characteristics and needs of the clients, including their respective investment objectives, current securities positions, cash available for investment or cash needs, and similar factors based on the portfolio manager's best judgment under the circumstances.

In general, investment opportunities are allocated on a random or pro rata basis, with cash the major consideration, among clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions where sufficient quantities or trading volumes of a security exist. However, because many of the securities owned by Heartland Advisors' clients have a limited trading market, it may not be possible to purchase or sell a sufficient quantity of securities of a particular issuer at a particular time to allocate among all clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions. In other instances, because of the nature of the markets for securities with lower volume, it may take a significant period of time to accumulate or dispose of a position in such securities at a price deemed acceptable by Heartland Advisors. In such cases, the price of the security may fluctuate over time and it may be desirable to allocate trades to a particular client or group of clients in order to accumulate or dispose of a position of reasonable size in relation to the size of the account with as little disruption of the market as possible. There also may be situations where an investment opportunity, in particular a new idea, is only allocated to those accounts that the portfolio manager reasonably believes have sufficient size and diversification.

Heartland Advisors may, when appropriate, aggregate purchases or sales of securities and allocate such trades among two or more clients. By so doing, Heartland Advisors reasonably believes that over time it may be able to decrease brokerage and transaction costs to its clients through volume discounts, reduce brokerage commissions through negotiations not available to purchasers or sellers of smaller volumes of securities, and/or obtain better pricing than is possible for smaller trades. In general, an aggregated purchase or sale order that is only partially filled will be allocated on either a pro rata or random basis among the clients participating in the order.

61

Generally, clients participating in aggregated trades will receive the same average execution price on any given aggregated order on a given business day and transaction costs will be shared pro rata based on each client's participation in the transaction unless the client has designated a specific broker and negotiated a separate commission rate with that broker.

From time to time, Heartland Advisors may take advantage of opportunities to invest in initial public offerings of equity securities ("IPOs") as they arise. In general, an account may participate in an IPO allocation if the portfolio manager believes that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and based on factors including the account's investment objectives, risk profile, asset composition and cash levels, the IPO is an appropriate investment. Accordingly, it is unlikely that any particular account will participate in every IPO allocation and certain accounts may never participate in IPO allocations. IPOs will generally be allocated on a random basis to all participating accounts in a manner that Heartland Advisors reasonably believes will lead to a fair and equitable distribution of IPOs over time.

Heartland Advisors may select, and establish securities accounts and process transactions through one or more securities brokerage firms. It selects brokers and dealers to execute transactions for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities based upon a judgment of their professional capability to provide the service, and in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to clients. The primary consideration in selecting broker-dealers is prompt and efficient execution of orders in an effective manner at the most favorable price, but a number of other judgmental factors may enter into the decision. These factors may include, for example: knowledge of negotiated commission rates and transaction costs; the nature of the security being purchased or sold; the size of the transaction; historical and anticipated trading volume in the security and security price volatility; and broker and dealer operational capabilities and financial conditions. Among the brokers that may be used are electronic communication networks (ECNs), which are fully disclosed agency brokers that normally limit their activities to electronic execution of securities transactions. While commission rates are a factor in Heartland Advisors' analysis, they are not the sole determinative factor in selecting brokers and dealers.

Heartland Advisors does not consider the efforts of any broker or dealer in marketing or selling shares of the Funds in its selection of brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds.

As permitted by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Heartland Advisors engages in the long-standing investment management industry practice of paying higher commissions to brokers and dealers who provide brokerage and research services ("research services") than to brokers and dealers who do not provide such research services, if such higher commissions are deemed reasonable in relation to the value of research

62

services provided. Heartland Advisors uses these research services in its investment decision-making processes. These types of transactions are commonly referred to as "soft dollar transactions."

Two different types of research services are typically acquired through these transactions: (i) proprietary research services offered by the broker or dealer executing a trade and (ii) other research services offered by third parties through the executing broker or dealer. Research services that may be obtained by Heartland Advisors through soft dollar transactions include, but are not limited to: economic, industry or company research reports or investment recommendations; subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends and similar data; computerized databases; quotation equipment and services; research or analytical computer software and services; and services of economic and other consultants concerning markets, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and performance of accounts. Heartland Advisors also may receive soft dollars on riskless principal transactions in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Research services so received enable Heartland Advisors to supplement its own research and analysis used in connection with providing advice to its clients as to the value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; the furnishing to clients of analyses and reports; and the effecting of securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement) on behalf of clients.

Soft dollar transactions are not effected pursuant to any agreement or understanding with any broker or dealer regarding a specific dollar amount of commissions to be paid to that broker or dealer. However, Heartland Advisors does in some instances request a particular broker or dealer to provide a specific research service which may be proprietary to that firm or produced by a third party and made available by that firm. In such instances, the broker or dealer, in agreeing to provide the research service, frequently will indicate to Heartland Advisors a specific or minimum amount of commissions which it expects to receive by reason of its provision of the particular research service. Although Heartland Advisors does not agree to direct a specific or minimum commission amount to a firm in that circumstance, it does maintain an internal procedure to identify those brokers who provide it with research services and the value of such research services, and endeavors to direct sufficient commissions (including commissions on transactions in fixed income securities effected on an agency basis, dealer selling concessions on new issues of securities and certain riskless principal transactions) to ensure the continued receipt of research services it feels are useful in managing client accounts.

63

In a few instances, Heartland Advisors receives from brokers products or services which are used both for investment research and for administrative, marketing, or other non-research or brokerage purposes. Heartland Advisors has a policy of not allocating brokerage business in return for products or services other than brokerage or research services in accordance with the provisions of
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In such instances, it makes a good faith effort to determine the relative proportion of its use of such product or service which is for investment research or brokerage, and that portion of the cost of obtaining such product or service may be defrayed through brokerage commissions generated by client transactions, while the remaining portion of the costs of obtaining the product or service is paid by it in cash. In making such allocations, Heartland Advisors has a conflict of interest and has established reasonable procedures designed to address such conflicts.

Research or brokerage products or services provided by brokers may be used by Heartland Advisors in servicing any or all of its clients, and such research products or services may not necessarily be used by it in connection with client accounts which paid commissions to the brokers providing such product or service. In recognition of these factors, clients may pay higher commissions to brokers than might be charged if a different broker had been selected, if, in Heartland Advisors' opinion, this policy furthers the objective of obtaining best price and execution. In addition, Heartland Advisors does not modify or reduce its fees based on the amount of brokerage or research services it receives from soft dollar transactions.

64

Pursuant to Section 17(e) of the 1940 Act and Rule 17e-1 thereunder, the Funds may engage an affiliated person (or an affiliated person of an affiliated person) to act as a broker in connection with purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the Funds, provided that the commission, fee or other remuneration paid to such broker, from any source, does not exceed (a) the usual and customary broker's commission if the transaction is effected on a securities exchange, (b) 2% of the sales price if the transaction is effected in connection with a secondary distribution of such securities, or (c) 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if the transaction is otherwise effected. A commission, fee or other remuneration will not be deemed to exceed the "usual and customary" broker's commission if the commission, fee or other remuneration is reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration paid to other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time. This standard does not allow the affiliated broker to receive more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker in a commensurate arm's-length transaction. Furthermore, Heartland's Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons, has adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that any commission, fee or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker is consistent with the foregoing standard, and determines at least quarterly that all transactions with affiliated brokers were effected in accordance with such procedures.

Pursuant to a plan adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors under, and subject to the provisions of Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, the Funds may purchase securities during the existence of an underwriting or selling syndicate, when a principal underwriter is an affiliate of the Funds. The plan and Rule 10f-3 limit the securities that may be so purchased, the time and manner of purchase, the underwriting discounts and amount of purchase, and require a review by the Board of Directors of any such transactions at least quarterly.

65

During the last three fiscal years, the aggregate commissions on portfolio transactions paid by the Funds were as follows:

                                                 Year ended December 31,
                                           -----------------------------------
                                              2002         2003        2004
                                           ----------   ----------   ---------
Select Value Fund                          $  207,775   $  138,049   $  336,622

Value Plus Fund                            $  242,358   $  728,809   $1,475,967

Value Fund                                 $5,410,858   $7,148,262   $6,186,959

The table below shows information on brokerage commissions paid by the Funds to brokers or dealers who supplied research services to Heartland Advisors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004:

                     Amount of Commissions Paid to
                    Brokers or Dealers Who Supplied
                               Research               Total Dollar Amount Involved
Fund                 Services to Heartland Advisors   in Such Transactions (000's)
----                -------------------------------   ----------------------------
Select Value Fund             $  295,582                    $  119,053

Value Plus Fund               $1,314,060                    $  433,482

Value Fund                    $5,343,643                    $1,217,951

Under the 1940 Act, American Physicians Service Group, Inc. may, as of December 31, 2004, have been deemed an affiliated broker-dealer of Heartland Advisors since on that date Heartland Advisors held or controlled more than 5% of its outstanding voting shares. During the Funds' three most recent fiscal years, the Funds placed no portfolio transactions with and paid no broker commissions to American Physicians Services Group, Inc.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Heartland Group, Inc. is a series company, which means the Board of Directors may establish additional series and classes within series, and may increase or decrease the number of shares in each class or series, all without shareholder approval. The Funds are each a separate mutual fund series of Heartland. Currently, six series are authorized and outstanding, and there is only one class within each series. The authorized common stock of Heartland consists of one billion shares, par value $0.001 per share. Each share has one vote, and when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. Shares have no preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription or conversion rights and are freely transferable. In the

66

interest of economy and convenience, certificates representing shares purchased are not issued. However, such purchases are confirmed to the investor and credited to their accounts on the books maintained by the Funds' transfer agent. The investor will have the same rights of ownership with respect to shares as if certificates had been issued.

Heartland's Articles of Incorporation provide that the assets of each series belong to that series, subject only to the rights of creditors, and that such assets shall be charged with all liabilities in respect of that series and all expenses, costs, charges, and reserves attributable to that series. The Articles further provide that any assets or liabilities not readily identifiable to a series shall be allocated among the various series by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors in such manner and on such basis as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems fair and equitable, and that such allocation shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Heartland is aware of no statutory provisions or case law interpreting these or similar provisions or establishing whether the assets of one series may, under any circumstances, be charged with the unsatisfied liabilities allocated to another series. Accordingly, in the event that the liabilities of a series exceed the assets of that series, there is a possibility that the assets of the other series of Heartland could be subject to such excess liabilities.

Shareholders have the right to vote on the election of directors at each meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected and on other matters as provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Heartland. Heartland's Bylaws do not require that meetings of shareholders be held annually. However, special meetings of shareholders may be called for purposes such as electing or removing directors, changing fundamental policies, or approving investment advisory contracts. Heartland may fill vacancies on the Board or appoint new directors; provided, however, that at all times at least two-thirds of the directors have been elected by shareholders. Moreover, pursuant to Heartland's Bylaws, any director may be removed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Heartland; and holders of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Heartland can require that a special meeting of shareholders be called for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of one or more directors.

Shareholders of each series of a series company, such as Heartland, vote together with each share of each series in the company on matters affecting all series (such as election of directors), with each share entitled to a single vote. On matters affecting only one series (such as a change in that series' fundamental investment restrictions), only the shareholders of that series are entitled to vote. On matters relating to all the series but affecting the series differently (such as a new investment advisory agreement), separate votes by series are required.

67

PURCHASES AND SALES

Determination of Net Asset Value

Each Fund's shares are sold at the next determined net asset value per share. Each Fund determines the net asset value per share by subtracting the Fund's liabilities (including accrued expenses and dividends payable) from the Fund's total assets (the value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of shares outstanding.

Portfolio securities which are traded on stock exchanges are valued at the last sale price as of the close of business on the day the securities are being valued, or, lacking any sales, at the latest bid price. Each over-the-counter security for which the last sale price on the day of valuation is available from Nasdaq is valued at that price, or, lacking any sales, at the latest bid price. All other securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the most recent bid prices as obtained from one or more dealers that make markets in the securities. Portfolio securities which are traded both in the over-the-counter market and on a stock exchange are valued according to the broadest and most representative market.

Securities and other assets for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors. For certain securities for which market quotations are not readily available, a method for determining their fair values is set forth in the pricing policies and procedures. For other securities for which market quotations are not readily available, a pricing committee designated by Heartland's Board of Directors determines their fair values in good faith. The Board reviews all of the pricing committee's fair value determinations.

Debt Securities. Debt securities are valued by a pricing service approved by Heartland's Board of Directors that uses various valuation methodologies such as matrix pricing and other analytical pricing models as well as market transactions and dealer quotations. Debt securities purchased with maturities of 60 days or less shall be valued at acquisition cost, plus or minus any amortized discount or premium. Because Heartland Advisors believes that there currently is no uniform methodology for valuing foreign debt, such securities must be valued pursuant to the fair value procedures adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors.

Illiquid and Thinly Traded Securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing a Fund's portfolio. If market quotations are not available, these securities will be valued in accordance with procedures

68

established by Heartland's Board of Directors. Judgment may, therefore, play a greater role in valuing these securities. Market quotations are generally available on many lower quality and comparable unrated issues only from a limited number of dealers, and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower quality and comparable unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

Foreign Investments. In the event that (i) a foreign investment held by a Fund is traded in both a local and foreign form, (ii) each such form may be converted or exchanged for the other, and (iii) Heartland Advisors reasonably determines that the rights and privileges of holders of either form are comparable for valuation purposes, then Heartland Advisors may value the Fund's investment based on the form for which current market quotes are most readily available even if such form is not the form of investment held by the Fund. If Heartland Advisors has reason to believe that circumstances exist which could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the valuation of one form over the other, such as limitations on the ability to convert or exchange between forms, limitations on foreign ownership of securities or currency regulations, Heartland Advisors shall value the particular investment based on market quotations or a fair value determination with respect to the same form as that held by the Fund.

On any business day of a Fund on which the principal exchange on which a foreign security is traded is closed (for example, a local holiday), but trading occurs in the U.S. on either a national exchange or over-the-counter as reported by the exchange or through Nasdaq, respectively, then the last sales price from such source shall be used. If no sales price is available from such source, then the prior day's valuation of the security shall be used.

Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign investments and exchange rates occur between the time at which those items are determined and the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. Such events would not normally be reflected in a calculation of the Funds' net asset values on that day. If events that materially affect the value of the Funds' foreign investments or the foreign currency exchange rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland's Board of Directors.

Redemption-in-Kind

Each Fund intends to pay all redemptions in cash and is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or one percent of the

69

net assets of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. However, redemptions in excess of such limit may be paid wholly or partly by a distribution in kind of securities or other Fund assets if Heartland Advisors determines that existing conditions make cash payments undesirable. If redemptions were made in kind, the redeeming shareholders may incur a gain or loss for tax purposes and transaction costs.

70

ADDITIONAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Each Fund intends to qualify as a "regulated investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and, if so qualified, will not be subject to federal income taxes as a regular corporation to the extent its earnings are timely distributed. Each Fund also intends to make distributions as required by the Code to avoid the imposition of a 4% excise tax.

Each series of a series company, such as Heartland, is treated as a single entity for federal income tax purposes, so that the net investment income and the net realized capital gains and losses of one series are not combined with those of another series in the same company.

To the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities, it may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Investors may be entitled to claim U.S. foreign tax credits with respect to such taxes, subject to certain provisions and limitations contained in the Code.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements, related notes and related reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Funds as of December 31, 2004 and for the year then ended are hereby incorporated by reference. Copies of the Funds' Annual Report or, when it becomes available, Semi-Annual Report as of, and for the six months ended, June 30, 2005 may be obtained without charge by writing to Heartland, 789 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, by calling 1-800-432-7856, or by visiting the Heartland website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

71

EXHIBIT A

STATEMENT OF POLICY REGARDING PROXY VOTING
HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.
HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.
(November 2004)

I. INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this Statement of Policy Regarding Proxy Voting (the "Statement") is to set forth the policies and procedures that are followed to ensure proxies are voted in favor of the beneficial security interests that Heartland Advisors, Inc. ("HAI") and Heartland Group, Inc. ("HGI", and collectively with HAI, the "Fiduciaries"), respectively, represent. Recognizing that guidance with respect to proxy voting is not static, it is intended that this Statement be reviewed periodically and revised and interpreted as necessary to remain current both with respect to its general terms and with respect to specific corporate governance matters to be voted upon.

The beneficial security interests represented by the Fiduciaries and hereinafter collectively referred to as "Clients" of the Fiduciaries are:

. As to HAI, the interests of its investment advisory clients for which it has accepted proxy voting discretion; and

. As to HGI, the interests of the shareholders of its various mutual fund series.

The policies and procedures set forth in this Statement are monitored, discussed and updated as necessary by the Investment Policy Committee of HAI and the Board of Directors of HGI at the recommendation of their respective managing principals or officers. Although these policies and procedures are common to HAI and HGI, each shall act independently and solely in the best interests of the respective fiduciary interests they represent in the administration thereof.

This Statement does not apply to those situations where a Client of HAI has retained voting discretion. In those situations, HAI will cooperate with the Client to ensure proxies are voted as directed by the Client. In addition, HAI will also abide by specific voting guidelines on certain policy issues as requested by a particular Client on a case-by-case basis.

II. STATEMENT OF POLICY

In general, proxies shall be voted in a manner designed to maximize the value of the Clients' investment. In evaluating a particular proxy proposal, the

A-1

respective Fiduciary will take into consideration, among other things, the period of time over which the voting shares of the company are expected to be held, the size of the position, the costs involved in the proxy proposal, and the existing governance documents of the affected company, as well as its management and operations. Proxy proposals which change the existing status of a company shall be reviewed to evaluate the necessity of the change, and to determine the benefits to the company and its shareholders, but the Fiduciaries' primary objective is to protect and enhance the economic interests of their respective Clients.

The proxy voting guidelines, attached as Exhibit A, provide a general framework for the manner in which the Fiduciaries' will vote proxies. These guidelines are not "hard and fast" rules and do not address all matters that may be submitted by companies to a vote of their shareholders. Rather, the guidelines reflect the overall sentiment as to how proxies should be voted with respect to matters commonly submitted by companies for shareholder approval. The Fiduciaries may vote proxies that depart from such guidelines if, in their good faith judgment, doing so is in the best interests of their respective Clients and the value of the Clients' investments. On matters not covered by the guidelines, the Fiduciaries will vote proxies in a manner believed in good faith to further the value of their Clients' investments.

Generally, it is the Fiduciaries' policy to vote in accordance with management's recommendations on most issues since the capability of management is one of the criteria used by HAI in selecting stocks, and in recognition of the fact that a board of directors is elected by a company's shareholders and the management of a company will normally have more specific expertise and knowledge as to the company's operations. However, when the Fiduciaries believe management is acting on its own behalf, instead of on behalf of the well-being of the company and its shareholders, or when the Fiduciaries believe that management is acting in a manner that is adverse to the rights of the company's shareholders, the Fiduciaries believe it is their duty to represent the interests of their respective Clients and, as a result, will not vote with management.

III. VOTING PROCEDURES

All proxy proposals shall be voted on an individual basis. Subject to the oversight of its Investment Policy Committee, HAI will designate a proxy administrator responsible for voting proxies. The proxy administrator will monitor and review all proxies to ensure that voting is done in a timely manner. The proxy administrator will match each proxy to the securities to be voted, and will provide the relevant proxy materials to the HAI analyst for the particular company. In general, the HAI analyst for a company shall be responsible for analyzing a proxy proposal relating to that company and determining how

A-2

votes should be cast by communicating his/her recommendation to the HAI proxy administrator.

In evaluating a proxy proposal, the HAI analyst shall be responsible for considering whether there is any business relationship between the Fiduciary and the company or other facts and circumstances that may give rise to a material conflict of interest on the part of the Fiduciary in connection with voting Client proxies. Instances that may give rise to a material conflict include:

(a) The Fiduciary may manage a pension plan, administer an employee benefit plan for, or provide other services to a company whose management is soliciting proxies. Failure to vote in favor of management may harm the Fiduciary's relationship with the company.

(b) The Fiduciary, or an officer, director, employee or representative, may have a business or personal relationship with proponents of a proxy proposal such as participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorship. These relationships could influence the Fiduciary's proxy voting.

(c) An employee of the Fiduciary may have a spouse or other relative who serves as a director, executive, manager or employee of a company. This personal relationship may cause a conflict.

(d) An inherent conflict also exists with any proposal requiring a proxy vote that influences the revenue received by the Fiduciary.

In general, if the HAI analyst determines that a material conflict of interest may exist, the proxy shall be referred to the HAI Investment Policy Committee who shall, based on the advice of legal counsel, determine whether the proxy may be voted by the Fiduciary or referred to the Client (or another fiduciary of the Client) for voting purposes./2/

From time to time, HAI may also engage a third party service provider (who is independent of HAI and HGI), such as Glass, Lewis & Co., to perform research and make recommendations to HAI as to a particular shareholder vote being solicited. HAI is under no obligation to follow any such recommendation, but will take it under consideration when reviewing the proposal being solicited. Before engaging such third party service provider, HAI will take reasonable steps to verify that the service provider is independent of HAI and HGI based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. In addition, before engaging such third party service provider, HAI must be satisfied that the service provider can make


/(2)/ In the case of HGI, if the Investment Policy Committee determines that the proxy should not be voted by the officers of HGI, the proxy shall be submitted to the Audit Committee of HGI (or its designee) to determine how the proxy should be voted.

A-3

impartial proxy voting recommendations that are in the best interests of the Clients. If the third party service provider is in the business of providing corporate guidance advice to companies in addition to making proxy voting recommendations to investment advisers, HAI will implement procedures that require such firm to disclose any relevant facts concerning that firm's relationship with a company whose voting securities are held by Clients, such as the amount of compensation that the firm receives from the company. Such procedures may also include a thorough review of the service provider's conflict procedures, their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation and/or other means reasonably designed to ensure the integrity of the proxy voting process. HAI will then use that information to determine whether that firm can make proxy voting recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Clients, or whether HAI needs to take other steps and seek other input on how to vote the proxies.

When possible, voting will be conducted electronically through the ADP PROXY EDGE record keeping system. For each proposal with respect to which a vote is cast, a hard copy of the signed ballot and a print out of the accounts for which votes were cast shall be retained for six months following the calendar year in which the vote was cast. In addition, an electronic voting record shall be maintained on PROXY EDGE that shall include the same information, as well as a brief statement of the voting issue and a statement as to how the Fiduciary voted. Following the close of each respective calendar year, a hard copy of the electronic record shall be printed and maintained for seven calendar years. The Fiduciaries shall also maintain any other books and records required by applicable law.

With regard to proxies voted on behalf of the Heartland Family of Mutual Funds, the Fiduciaries shall comply with the disclosure and filing requirements set forth in Investment Company Act Release IC-25922, including filing of Form N-PX pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Upon request by a Client or the Board of Directors of HGI, HAI shall provide information concerning the voting of proxies on behalf of that Client or the Heartland Funds, respectively. Copies of this Statement of Policy also shall be made available upon request.

A-4

Exhibit A Proxy Voting Guidelines

A. Board Items

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Subject                                    Vote
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Election of Directors       FOR nominees in an uncontested election, except
                               that votes may be withheld from a director who:

                               .    Attended less than 75% of board and/or
                                    committee meetings without a valid business
                                    reason for the absences;

                               .    Serves on a committee when the committee's
                                    actions are inconsistent with other
                                    guidelines (e.g. excessive option grants,
                                    substantial non-audit fees, or lack of board
                                    independence);

                               .    Receives compensation from the company for
                                    services other than serving as a director;
                                    or

                               .    Has other known positions that create a
                                    conflict of interest
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Majority of Independent      FOR proposals that require a majority of the
        Directors              board and/or board committees to be independent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Independent Chairperson      FOR proposals that require an independent member
(Separate Chairperson/CEO)     act as chairperson of the board
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Board Size              .    FOR proposals that seek to fix or designate
                                    a range for the board size

                               .    AGAINST proposals that give management the
                                    ability to alter the board size outside a
                                    specified range without shareholder approval
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Declassification of Board     FOR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Classification of Board      AGAINST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Removal of Directors       .    AGAINST proposals that provide that
                                    directors may be removed only for cause

                               .    FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability
                                    to remove directors with or without cause
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Filling  Vacancies        .    FOR proposals that permit shareholders to
                                    elect directors to fill board vacancies

                               .    AGAINST proposals that provide that only
                                    continuing directors may elect replacement
                                    board members
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Term Limits            AGAINST shareholder proposals to limit the tenure
                               of outside directors
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Age Limits            AGAINST shareholder proposals to impose a
                               mandatory retirement age for outside directors
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B.   Capital Structure and Voting Related Items

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Subject                                    Vote
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Poison Pills            .    FOR shareholder proposals that request a
                                    company submit a poison pill to shareholder
                                    vote

                               .    AGAINST management proposals to adopt or
                                    ratify a poison pill
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Supermajority Voting       AGAINST proposals that require a supermajority
                               shareholder vote.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Cumulative Voting        AGAINST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Confidential Voting        FOR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Dual Class Stock         AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common
                               stock with superior voting rights.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Common Stock Authorization    Reviewed on a case-by-case basis when a proposal

seeks to

A-5


increase the number of common stock shares authorized for issuance

A-6

C. General/Administrative Items

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Subject                                    Vote
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Ratify Auditors           FOR, unless:

                               .    The auditor is performing non-audit work for
                                    which it receives fees that are deemed
                                    excessive in relation to the fees paid for
                                    audit work; or

                               .    The auditor otherwise has a significant
                                    professional or personal relationship with
                                    the company that compromises the audit
                                    firm's independence
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Social, Political and       Review on a case-by-case basis; however,
   Environmental Issues        typically vote with management with regard to
                               social, political or environmental concerns that
                               may have an effect upon the economic success of
                               the company, as management is in the best
                               position to assess the impact on the company and
                               the value of its securities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Adjourn Meeting         AGAINST, absent compelling reasons to support
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Transact Other Business     AGAINST proposals to approve such other business
                               that may be raised during a meeting
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Right to Call Meetings      FOR proposals that permit shareholders to call
                               special meetings of the board
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

D.   Compensation Items

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Subject                                    Vote
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash    FOR plans that allow  participants to take all or
                               a portion of their cash  compensation in the form
                               of stock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Ownership Requirements   FOR proposals that require senior executives to
                               hold a minimum  amount of common stock of the
                               company
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Options and Incentive    .    FOR proposals that require stock acquired
        Compensation                through an option exercise to be held for a
                                    certain period of time

                               .    AGAINST the re-pricing or replacement of
                                    stock options without shareholder approval

                               .    AGAINST proposals that provide for options
                                    priced at less than 100% of the fair market
                                    value of the underlying security on the date
                                    of the grant

                               .    AGAINST annual option grants in excess of 2%
                                    of shares outstanding

                               .    AGAINST option plans that provide for
                                    potential dilution of shares that exceed 10%
                                    of shares outstanding

                               .    AGAINST proposals that include automatic
                                    share replenishment ("evergreen") features
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Executive Severance        Reviewed on a case-by-case basis, but vote
    Agreements ("Golden        AGAINST proposals that provide for compensation
       Parachutes")            exceeding three times annual compensation (salary
                               and bonus)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Employee Stock Ownership      FOR where the plan provides for a minimum stock
          Plans                purchase price that is equal or greater than 85%
                               of the stock's fair market value

A-7

                            Part C. Other Information

Item 23   Exhibits
-------   --------

(a.1)     Articles of Incorporation/(4)/

(a.2)     Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to
          discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Nebraska Tax Free
          Fund/(3)/

(a.3)     Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to
          discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Small Cap Contrarian
          Fund, and to create a series known as the Heartland Taxable Short
          Duration Municipal Fund/(5)/

(a.4)     Certificate of Correction to Articles Supplementary to correct the
          name of the Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund and to
          correct the provision regarding a small account fee/(7)/

(a.5)     Articles Supplementary to add a provision regarding an early
          redemption fee/(7)/

(a.6)     Articles of Amendment to change the name of the Heartland U.S.
          Government Securities Fund series to the Heartland Government
          Fund/(7)/

(a.7)     Articles of Amendment to change the name of the Heartland Large Cap
          Value Fund series to the Heartland Select Value Fund/(7)/

(a.8)     Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to
          discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Mid Cap Value Fund/(7)/

(a.9)     Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to
          discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Wisconsin Tax Free
          Fund/(11)/

(b)       Amended and Restated Bylaws/(12)/

(c.1)     Articles Sixth through Eighth and Article Tenth of the Articles of
          Incorporation (see Exhibit a.1)

(c.2)     Articles Supplementary (see Exhibits a.2, a.3. a.8 and a.9)

(c.3)     Articles II, VI, IX and X of the Bylaws (see Exhibit b)

(d.1)     Investment Advisory Agreement for the Heartland Value Fund/(4)/

(d.2)     Investment Advisory Agreement for Heartland Select Value and Value
          Plus Funds/(2)/

(d.3)     Amended Schedule A to Investment Advisory Agreement adding Heartland
          Short Duration High-Yield Municipal and Heartland High-Yield Municipal
          Bond Funds/(2)/

                                  C-1

(d.4)     Investment Management Agreement for the Heartland Taxable Short
          Duration Municipal Fund/(5)/

(e.1)     Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Heartland
          Investor Services, LLC/(10)/

(e.2)     Form of Dealer Agreement/(10)/

(e.3)     Form of Shareholder Services Agreement/(10)/

(e.4)     Agreement Regarding Provision of Marketing and Sales Support Services
          between Heartland Advisors, Inc. and Heartland Investor Services,
          LLC/(10)/

(f)       Not applicable

(g)       Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co./(12)/

(h.1)     Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agency Agreement with BISYS Fund
          Services Ohio, Inc./(10)/

(h.2)     Heartland Group, Inc.'s Rule 10f-3 Plan/(4)/

(h.3)     Administration Agreement/(5)/

(h.4)     Accounting and Bookkeeping Agreement/(5)/

(h.5)     Fund Accounting Agreement/(9)/

(h.6)     Form of Sub-Transfer Agency Agreement for Employee Benefit
          Plan Services/(10)/

(h.7)     Power of Attorney/(12)/

(h.8)     Credit Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Brown
          Brothers Harriman & Co.

(i)       Opinion of Counsel/(7)/

(j.1)     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(j.2)     Consent of Counsel

(k)       Not applicable

(l)       Not applicable

(m.1)     Heartland Group Inc.'s Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Plan (as of
          March 1, 1999)/(6)/

(m.2)     Form of Related Distribution Agreement for Rule 12b-1 Plan /(6)/

(n)       Not applicable

                                  C-2

(o)       Reserved

(p.1)     Heartland Group, Inc.'s and Heartland Advisors, Inc.'s Business
          Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics

(p.2)     Heartland Investor Services, LLC's Code of Ethics/(10)/

----------

/(1)/ Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about August 9, 1996.

/(2)/ Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 18, 1996.

/(3)/ Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about January 30, 1997.

/(4)/ Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 13, 1998.

/(5)/ Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 15, 1998.

/(6)/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about February 26, 1999.

/(7)/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 6, 1999.

/(8)/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about March 2, 2000.

/(9)/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about March 2, 2001.

/(10)/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 43 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about March 1, 2002.

/(11)/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about November 4, 2002.

/(12)/ Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about February 27, 2004.

C-3

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

Not Applicable. See "Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities" in Part B.

Item 25. Indemnification

Reference is made to Article IX of the Fund's Amended and Restated Bylaws filed as Exhibit (b) to this Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Fund's Registration Statement with respect to the indemnification of the Fund's directors and officers, which is set forth below:

Section 9.1. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents. The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative ("Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided that:

(a) whether or not there is an adjudication of liability in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall not indemnify any person for any liability arising by reason of such person's willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office or under any contract or agreement with the Corporation ("disabling conduct"); and

(b) the Corporation shall not indemnify any person unless:

(1) the court or other body before which the Proceeding was brought (i) dismisses the Proceeding for insufficiency of evidence of any disabling conduct, or (ii) reaches a final decision on the merits that such person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct; or

(2) absent such a decision, a reasonable determination is made, based upon a review of the facts, by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of the Directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons of the Corporation as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the Proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if a majority of a quorum of Directors described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) above so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that such person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct.

C-4

Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending a Proceeding will be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition thereof upon an undertaking by such person to repay such expenses (unless it is ultimately determined that he is entitled to indemnification), if:

(1) such person shall provide adequate security for his undertaking;

(2) the Corporation shall be insured against losses arising by reason of such advance; or

(3) a majority of a quorum of the Directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons of the Corporation as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the Proceeding, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts, that there is reason to believe that such person will be found to be entitled to indemnification.

Section 9.2. Insurance of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in or arising out of his position. However, in no event will the Corporation purchase insurance to indemnify any such person for any act for which the Corporation itself is not permitted to indemnify him.

Reference is made to Section 6 of the Fund's Distribution Agreement with Heartland Investor Services, LLC filed as Exhibit (e)(6) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 43 to the Fund's Registration Statement with respect to the indemnification of the Fund's directors and officers, which is set forth below:

Section 6. Indemnification.

(a) The Distributor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and each of its present or former directors, officers, employees, representatives and each person, if any, who controls or previously controlled the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses (including the reasonable costs of investigating or defending any alleged loss, liability, damage, claims or expense and reasonable legal counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) to which the Fund or any such person may become subject under the 1933 Act, under any other statute, at common law, or otherwise, arising out of the acquisition of any Shares by any person which (i) may be based upon any wrongful act by the Distributor or any of the Distributor's directors, officers, employees or representatives, or (ii) may be based upon any untrue statement

C-5

or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, shareholder report or other information covering Shares filed or made public by the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Fund by the Distributor. In no case (i) is a Distributor's indemnity in favor of the Fund, or any person indemnified to be deemed to protect the Fund or such indemnified person against any liability to which the Fund or such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of his duties or by reason of his reckless disregard of his obligations and duties under this Agreement or (ii) is the Distributor to be liable under its indemnity agreement contained in this Paragraph with respect to any claim made against the Fund or any person indemnified unless the Fund or such person, as the case may be, shall have notified the Distributor in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon the Fund or upon such person (or after the Fund or such person shall have received notice to such service on any designated agent). However, failure to notify the Distributor of any such claim shall not relieve the Distributor from any such liability which the Distributor may have to the Fund or any person against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of the Distributor's indemnity agreement contained in this Paragraph.

The Distributor shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense, or, if the Distributor so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, but, if the Distributor elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be conducted by legal counsel chosen by the Distributor and satisfactory to the Fund, to the persons indemnified defendant or defendants, in the suit. In the event that the Distributor elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain such legal counsel, the Fund, the persons indemnified defendant or defendants in the suit, shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional legal counsel retained by them. If the Distributor does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, the Distributor will reimburse the Fund and the persons indemnified defendant or defendants in such suit for the reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel retained by them. The Distributor agrees promptly to notify the Fund of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its officers, employees or representatives in connection with the issue or sale of any Shares.

C-6

In addition, the Fund maintains an Investment Advisor/Mutual Fund Professional Liability insurance policy with a $10 million limit of liability under which the Fund and its affiliate, Heartland Advisors, Inc., and each of their respective directors and officers are named insureds.

The Fund undertakes that insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

Heartland Advisors, Inc. acts as the investment advisor to three of the Heartland Funds (Select Value, Value Plus and Value Funds). William J. Nasgovitz, a director and President of Heartland Group, Inc., is a controlling person of Heartland Advisors through his indirect ownership of a majority of its voting common stock. Mr. Nasgovitz has indicated he intends to retain control of Heartland Advisors, Inc. through continued indirect ownership of a majority of its outstanding voting stock.

C-7

Set forth below is a list of the officers and directors of Heartland Advisors, Inc. as of February 28, 2005, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of those officers and directors during the past two years:

                            POSITION AND OFFICES WITH
NAME                         HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.                      OTHER
--------------------   -----------------------------------   --------------------------------
William J. Nasgovitz   President and Chief Executive         President and Director,
                       Officer                               Heartland Group, Inc.

Paul T. Beste          Chief Operating Officer               Vice President, Heartland
                                                             Group, Inc. since September
                                                             1998, and Secretary since
                                                             January 2003; Principal
                                                             Accounting Officer until June
                                                             2000.

Nicole J. Best         Senior Vice President and Treasurer   Treasurer and Principal
                                                             Accounting Officer, Heartland
                                                             Group, Inc. since March 2001.

Eric J. Miller         Senior Vice President, Director       Chief Executive Officer,
                                                             Heartland Group, Inc., since
                                                             January 2004

Hugh F. Denison        Senior Vice President                 None.

Kevin D. Clark         Senior Vice President                 None.

Constance R. Wick      Senior Vice President and Chief       Vice President, Chief
                       Compliance Officer                    Compliance Officer and
                                                             Secretary, Heartland Group,
                                                             Inc. since April 2003; Associate
                                                             Counsel, Strong Capital
                                                             Management, Inc. from
                                                             June 1998 to November 2002.

David C. Fondrie       Senior Vice President                 None.

D. Rodney Hathaway     Vice President                        None.

Bradford A. Evans      Vice President                        None.

Theodore D. Baszler    Vice President                        None.

Matthew J. Miner       Vice President                        None.

Kimberly R. O'Connor   Vice President                        None.

Aaron A. Picard        Vice President                        None.

Jeffrey Kohl           Vice President                        None.

Michael DiStefano      Vice President                        None.

C-8

Item 27. Principal Underwriters

(a) Heartland Investor Services, LLC acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of the shares of each of the Heartland Funds. Heartland Investor Services, LLC does not currently act as the principal underwriter or distributor for any open-end mutual funds other than the Heartland Funds.

(b) Set forth below is certain information regarding the officers and directors of Heartland Investor Services, LLC as of February 28, 2005 (unless otherwise noted, their principal business address is 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219):

NAME AND PRINCIPAL            POSITIONS AND OFFICES               POSITIONS AND OFFICES
BUSINESS ADDRESS                 WITH UNDERWRITER              WITH HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.
------------------   ---------------------------------------   --------------------------
William J. Tomko     President                                            None

Kevin J. Dell        Secretary                                            None

Edward S. Forman     Assistant Secretary                                  None

Dennis R. Sheehan    Director                                             None

Andrew Corbin        Treasurer                                            None

Charles L. Booth     Vice President/Assistant Compliance                  None
                     Officer

Richard F. Froio     Vice President/Chief Compliance Officer              None

(c) Heartland Investor Services, LLC received a total of $5,518,372 in distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees from the Heartland Funds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. Of these distribution fees, Heartland Investor Services, LLC received $226,185 from the Select Value Fund, $858,296 from the Value Plus Fund, and $4,433,891 from the Value Fund.

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records

(a) Heartland Group, Inc. 789 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(b) BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc. 3435 Stelzer Road
Columbus, Ohio 43219

Heartland Investor Services, LLC 3435 Stelzer Road
Columbus, Ohio 43219

C-9

Heartland Investor Services, LLC 789 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(c) Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
40 Water Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Item 29. Management Services

Not applicable

Item 30. Undertakings

Not applicable

C-10

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Fund has duly caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin, on the 1st day of March, 2005.

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Eric J. Miller
    ------------------------------------
    Eric J. Miller,
    Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below on the 1st day of March, 2005, by or on behalf of the following persons in the capacities indicated.

SIGNATURE                                               TITLE
---------                                               -----


/s/ Eric J. Miller                     Chief Executive Officer
------------------------------------
Eric J. Miller


/s/ Nicole J. Best                     Treasurer and Principal
------------------------------------   Accounting  Officer
Nicole J. Best                         (Chief Financial and Accounting Officer)


/s/ William J. Nasgovitz               Director and President
------------------------------------
William J. Nasgovitz


/s/ Dale J. Kent*                      Director
------------------------------------
Dale J. Kent


/s/ Michael D. Dunham*                 Director
------------------------------------
Michael D. Dunham


/s/ Lawrence M. Woods*                 Director
------------------------------------
Lawrence M. Woods


*By: /s/ William J. Nasgovitz
     -------------------------------
     William J. Nasgovitz
     Pursuant to Powers of Attorney


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description
-----------   -----------
(h.8)         Credit Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Brown Brothers
              Harriman & Co.
(j.1)         Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(j.2)         Consent of Counsel
(p.1)         Heartland Group, Inc. and Heartland Advisors, Inc. Business



              Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics


EXHIBIT (h.8)

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.
on behalf of the

Heartland Value Fund, Heartland Select Value Fund and Heartland Value Plus Fund and

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


US$25,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT


Dated as of December 21, 2004


CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of December 21, 2004 (this "Agreement") between Heartland Group, Inc., a registered open-end management investment company with offices at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202 (the "Company"), on behalf of Heartland Value Fund, Heartland Select Value Fund and Heartland Value Plus Fund (each "Sub-Fund" and collectively, the "Sub-Funds") (Company acting on behalf of each Sub-Fund thereof, the "Borrower") and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., a New York limited partnership with an office at 140 Broadway, New York, New York 10005 (the "Lender").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested, and the Lender has agreed to make Loans (as defined below) to the Borrower and to make available to it a credit facility for the purposes and on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

(1) Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Affiliate": as to any Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

"Agreement": this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Arrangement Fee": as defined in Section 2.3.

"Assignee": as defined in Section 8.6(c).

"Available Commitment": an amount equal to (a) the amount of the Lender's Commitment less (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans to the Borrower made by the Lender then outstanding.

"Borrower": as defined in the Preamble hereto.

"Business Day": a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

"Closing Date": the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 shall be satisfied and the Loan Documents are signed by the parties hereto and delivered to the offices of Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 140 Broadway, New York, New York 10005.

"Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.


"Collateral to Debt Ratio": The net asset value of the Borrower (calculated in a manner consistent with the Borrower's pricing policies and procedures as described in its Prospectus and/or Statement of Additional Information) divided by the aggregate Loans outstanding under the Commitment.

"Commitment": the obligation of the Lender to make Loans to the Borrower hereunder in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to US$25,000,000 (Twenty-five Million Dollars).

"Commitment Period": the period from and including the Closing Date, but not including, the Termination Date.

"Contractual Obligation": as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

"Custody Agreement": as to the Borrower, the Custody Agreement in effect between the Borrower and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. as custodian for the Borrower.

"Default": any of the events specified in Section 7, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

"Documentation Fee": as defined in Section 2.3.

"Dollars" and "$": dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

"Eligible Lender": an entity that is a "Bank" (as defined in the 1940 Act) and is not otherwise prohibited by Section 17 of the 1940 Act from lending to the Borrower.

"Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 7.1, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, if any, has been satisfied.

"Federal Funds Rate": the fluctuating "offered rate", as determined by the Lender, for overnight federal funds, which rate is determined day to day;

"Financing Lease": any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations of the lessee in respect of which are required in accordance with GAAP to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee.

"Fundamental Investment Policy": those policies either from which the Borrower may not deviate without obtaining shareholder consent or which involve the Borrower's investment objectives.

"GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg in effect from time to time.

"Governmental Authority": any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

2

"Guarantee Obligation": as to any Person (the "Guaranteeing Person"), any obligation of (a) the Guaranteeing Person or (b) another Person (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the Guaranteeing Person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the "Primary Obligations") of any other third Person (the "Primary Obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
(ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or
(iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such guaranteeing person in good faith.

"Indebtedness": of any Person at any date, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices), (b) any other indebtedness of such Person which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar debt instrument, (c) all obligations of such Person under Financing Leases or Interest Rate Agreements, calculated daily on a marked-to-market basis in accordance with GAAP, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of acceptances (as defined in Section 3-410 of the UCC) issued or created for the account of such Person, (e) all reimbursement obligations of such person arising out of any letters of credit, and (f) all liabilities secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof.

"Interest Rate Agreement": any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future, interest rate option, interest rate swap, interest rate cap or other interest rate hedge or arrangement under which a Fund, on its own behalf or if applicable on behalf of an investment portfolio thereof that is a Borrower, is a party or a beneficiary.

"Investment Policies": as to each Borrower, the policies and objectives for, and limits and restrictions on, investing by such Borrower set forth in the Prospectus relating to such Borrower.

"Lender": as defined in the Preamble hereto.

"Lien": any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement

3

and any Financing Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

"Loan Documents": this Agreement, the Note, a Pledge Agreement and such other papers, agreements, instruments, certificates and documents as the Lender shall reasonably require at any time during the term of the Commitment.

"Loans": all loans made pursuant to this Agreement; individually, a "Loan".

"Material Adverse Effect": a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition (other than changes in net assets of the Borrower in the ordinary course of its activities) or ability to timely perform any of its material obligations under the Loan Documents of the Borrower or (b) the legality, validity, binding nature or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender hereunder or thereunder.

"Maturity Date": as to each Loan, the date which is the earliest of
(a) 60 days after the Borrowing Date for such Loan, (b) the Termination Date and
(c) the payment in full of such Loan.

"1940 Act": the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, together with all rules and regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.

"Non-Excluded Taxes": as defined in Section 2.12.

"Note": the Revolving Credit Note as amended, extended, superseded or replaced.

"Participant": as defined in Section 8.6(b).

"Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

"Pledge Agreement": as to the Borrower, the pledge agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.12, as amended or modified from time to time, to be entered into by the Borrower for the benefit of the Lender.

"Prospectus": at a particular time, shall mean the currently effective prospectus of the Borrower.

"Regulation T": Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

"Regulation U": Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

"Regulation X": Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

"Requirement of Law": as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreement, or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

4

"Responsible Officer": the chairman, vice chairman, president, treasurer, secretary, assistant treasurer or assistant secretary of the Borrower, or, with respect to financial matters, the treasurer of the Borrower.

"Revolving Credit Note": as defined in Section 2.5(d).

"Senior Securities": any bond, debenture, note or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness (including without limitation all Loans under this Agreement), and any share of beneficial interest or common stock, as the case may be, of the Borrower having priority over any other class of shares of such Fund as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends.

"Subsidiary": as to any Person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

"Swap Obligation": as to any Person, any obligation of such Person arising out of (i) any "swap agreement" (as defined in Section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code), (ii) any equity swap, floor, collar, cap or option transaction, (iii) any option to enter into any of the foregoing or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

"Termination Date": the date which is 364 days following the Closing Date or such earlier date on which the Commitment shall terminate as provided herein.

"Transferee": as defined in Section 8.6(d).

"UCC": the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have such defined meanings when used in any Note or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(b) As used herein and in any Note and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP (as consistently applied).

(c) The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

5

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lender agrees to make revolving credit Loans to the Borrower on behalf of the Sub-Funds, from time to time during the Commitment Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount of Twenty-Five Million Dollars and no/100 (US$25,000,000). During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may use Commitment by borrowing, repaying Loans in whole or in part, and re-borrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof and with such procedures as may be agreed to by the Borrower from time to time; provided that at no time may the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Loans to the Borrower exceed the Commitment.

2.2 Procedure for Borrowing. The Borrower may borrow under the Commitment during the Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall give the Lender irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.2 not later than 2:00 PM (New York City time) on or before the Borrowing Date.

2.3 Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender for the account of the Lender a documentation fee ("Documentation Fee") in the amount of $2,500.00 payable on the Closing Date and an arrangement fee ("Arrangement Fee") equal to 0.10% per annum of the Commitment on the unused portion of the Commitment payable quarterly in arrears.

2.4 Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days' notice to the Lender, to terminate the Commitment. Any termination of a Commitment to the Borrower shall be effective as of the last day of the calendar quarter in which such notice is given, and shall be accompanied by prepayment in full of the Loans to the Borrower then outstanding, and payment of any other accrued fees, expenses or indemnified liabilities payable by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder.

(b) Interest accrued, but unpaid, on the amount of any prepayment relating to such termination and any unpaid Arrangement Fee accrued hereunder shall be paid on the date of such termination.

2.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower, on behalf of each Sub-Fund, hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan of the Lender to the Borrower, on behalf of each Sub-Fund, on the Maturity Date for such Loan (or such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Sections 2.6 or 7). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay to the Lender accrued, but unpaid, interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans to the Borrower from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Sections 2.7 and 2.9. The Lender agrees that each Loan shall be made to the Borrower with respect to a particular Sub-Fund and the Lender shall only look to the Borrower with respect to that Sub-Fund and that Sub-Fund's assets for repayment of such Loan, and shall not enforce its rights under such Loan against any other Sub-Funds or their respective assets.

(b) The Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of the Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to the Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

6

(c) The entries made in the accounts of the Lender maintained pursuant to
Section 2.5(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded, provided, however, that the failure of the Lender to maintain the register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to such Borrower by the Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(d) The Borrower has executed and delivered to the Lender a promissory note evidencing the Loans of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit 2.5(d) (the "Revolving Credit Note").

2.6 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments. Any notice from Borrower of prepayment under this Agreement will oblige the Borrower to prepay in accordance with that notice. Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part without a penalty. If, at any time and from time to time, the aggregate amount of all borrowings of Borrower (including without limitation the Loans made pursuant to this Agreement) then outstanding exceeds the borrowing limits provided in such Borrower's Prospectus and/or applicable law and regulations, then in each case within three (3) Business Days thereafter the Borrower shall repay Loans made to the Borrower to the extent necessary to ensure that the aggregate amount of all Loans made to the Borrower then outstanding does not after such payments exceed such limits.

2.7 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Loan or any portion of the principal outstanding hereunder, shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time and adjusted daily plus 150 basis points. Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the first day of each month and on the Maturity Date.

(b) Upon (i) the occurrence and continuance of any Default or Event of Default specified in Section 7(e) with respect the Borrower, or (ii) notice given by the Lender to the Borrower of any other Default or Event of Default which is existing and continuing, then all Loans outstanding shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate adjusted daily plus 300 basis points. If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan to the Borrower, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any Arrangement Fee or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), all of the Loans outstanding to the Borrower shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate adjusted daily plus 300 basis points until such payments have been made.

2.8 Computation of Interest. (a) Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Lender pursuant any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error. The Lender shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Lender in determining any interest rate pursuant to Sections 2.7.

2.9 Payments. All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made no later than 12:00 Noon New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Lender, at the Lender's office specified in Section 8.2 hereof, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

7

2.10 Requirements of Law. (a) If the Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law (in each case after the date hereof) of any Governmental Authority regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by the Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Lender's or such corporation's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which the Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Lender's or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount determined by the Lender, in its reasonable discretion, to be material, then from time to time, each Borrower shall promptly pay to the Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender for such reduction.

(b) If the Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly notify the Borrower of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled by providing a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the claim for additional amounts and the amounts required to be paid by the Borrower to the Lender; provided that the Lender shall not be required to disclose any confidential information. Such certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by the Lender to the Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder. No Borrower shall be responsible to compensate the Lender for additional amounts attributable to another Borrower's Loans. Any amounts due hereunder which are not attributable to particular Loans shall be subject to pro rata allocation.

(c) Failure or delay on the part of the Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of the Lender's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate the Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions of the rate of return incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that the Lender notifies the Borrower of the change in the Requirement of Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions of the rate of return and of the Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the change in the Requirement of Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions of the rate of return is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

2.11 Taxes. All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the Note shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding all present and future income taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on the Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or the Note). If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees deductions or withholdings ("Non-Excluded Taxes") are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Lender hereunder or under the Note, the amounts so payable to the Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement. Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Lender, a certified copy of an original official

8

receipt received by such Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Lender required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder. The Lender will promptly notify the Borrower upon learning that any payments hereunder may be subject to withholding.

2.12 Collateral. The Loans and obligations of each Sub-Fund under this Agreement may be secured from time to time pursuant to a grant of a pledge by such Sub-Fund of all of the cash and securities of such Sub-Fund to the Lender to secure the payment when due of all Loans and obligations of the Borrower now in existence or hereinafter arising under this Agreement. In accordance therewith, the Borrower will execute a Pledge and Security Agreement and Assignment of Account in the form of Exhibit 2.12 hereto in favor of the Lender.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that:

3.1 Financial Condition. The statement of assets and liabilities as of the Borrower's most recently ended fiscal year for which annual reports have been prepared and the related statements of operations and of changes in net assets for the fiscal year ended on such date, copies of which financial statements, certified by the independent public accountants for the Borrower, have heretofore been delivered to the Lender, fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Borrower as of such date and the results of its operations for such period, in conformity with GAAP (as consistently applied).

3.2 No Change. Since the date of the statement of assets and liabilities for the most recently ended fiscal year for which annual reports have been prepared for the Borrower, there has been no development or event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Borrower.

3.3 Existence, Compliance with Law. The Borrower (a) is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority and the legal right to own its property and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as a management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith, and with clause (c) of this Section 3.3, could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The shares of each Borrower have been validly authorized.

3.4 Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations. The Borrower has the power and authority and the legal right, to execute, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to borrow hereunder and thereunder on behalf of the Sub-Funds, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Note and to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party including, but not limited to, receiving the approval of the majority of non-interested members of the board of directors of the Borrower as to entering into the transactions contemplated hereby. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party. This Agreement has

9

been, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party will be, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement, the Note and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, and enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

3.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (a) will not violate any material Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Borrower, and (b) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any material Lien on any of their respective material properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation.

3.6 No Material Litigation. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened by or against the Borrower or against its properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as previously disclosed in the Borrower's Prospectus (as supplemented).

3.7 No Default. The Borrower is not in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

3.8 Ownership of Property, Liens. The Borrower has good title to all its property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 6.3.

3.9 No Burdensome Restrictions. No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Borrower could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.10 Taxes. The Borrower has filed all material tax returns which, to the knowledge of the Borrower are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower; no tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

3.11 Federal Regulations. If requested by the Lender from time to time, the Borrower will furnish to the Lender a statement and current list of the assets of the Borrower in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-I referred to in said Regulation U. Other than the furnishing of such statement and such list, no filing or other action is required under the provisions of Regulations T, U or X in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder. No part of the proceeds of any Loans made hereunder will be used in a manner that violates Regulation U.

10

3.12 Certain Regulations. The Borrower is not subject to regulation under any Federal or State statute or regulation (other than Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Investment Company Act of 1940) or any law or regulation in the United States which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness, and with respect to such Regulations and any law or regulation in the United States, the Borrower has not failed to be in compliance with such statutes and regulations.

3.13 Subsidiaries. The Borrower has no Subsidiaries and no equity investment or interest in any other Person (other than portfolio securities which have been acquired in the ordinary course of business).

3.14 Offering in Compliance with Securities Laws. The Borrower has complied with all applicable securities laws with respect to the issue of its shares.

3.15 Investment Policies. The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all of its Fundamental Investment Policies.

3.16 Permission to Borrow. The Borrower is permitted to borrow hereunder pursuant to the limits and restrictions set forth in its Prospectus.

3.17 Accuracy of Information. All factual information heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by the Borrower in writing to the Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby (in each case, as amended, superseded, supplemented or otherwise modified with the knowledge of the Lender) is, and all other such factual information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Lender (in each case, as amended, superseded, supplemented or otherwise modified with the knowledge of the Lender will be), true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, and to the extent such information was furnished to the Lender heretofore or contemporaneously, as of the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Lender, and such information is not, or shall not be, as the case may be, incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Conditions to Initial Loans. The agreement of the Lender to make the initial Loan requested to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such Loan, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Executed Agreement. The Lender shall have received this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower.

(b) Note. The Lender shall have received the Note executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower.

(c) Pledge Agreement. The Lender shall have received the Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower.

(d) Related Agreements. The Lender shall have received, true and correct copies, certified as to authenticity by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, of the most recent Prospectus for each Borrower, the Custody Agreement of the Borrower, the most recent annual and semi-annual financial reports for the Borrower and such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably requested by the Lender including, without limitation, a copy of any debt instrument, security agreement or other material contract to which the Borrower may be a party.

11

(e) Proceedings of the Borrower. The Lender shall have received (i) a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing (1) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party, and (2) the borrowings contemplated hereunder, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as of the Closing Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect, (ii) a certificate of the Borrower dated the Closing Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of the Borrower executing any Loan Document executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender, and (iii) true and complete copies of the Articles of Organization of the Borrower, certified as of the Closing Date as complete and correct copies thereof by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(f) Financial Information. The Lender shall have received the most recent publicly available financial information (which includes a list of portfolio securities) for the Borrower.

(g) Termination of other Credit Facilities. All other credit facilities to which the Borrower is a party shall have been terminated.

4.2 Conditions to Each Loan. The agreement of the Lender to make any Loan requested by the Borrower to be made by it on any date (including, without limitation, its initial Loan) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower, in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date.

(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred with respect to the Borrower be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the Loans requested to be made on such date.

(c) Regulation U, Form U-1. The Lender shall be satisfied that the Loans and the use of proceeds thereof comply in all respects with Regulation U. To the extent required by Regulation U, the Lender shall have received a copy of either
(i) FR Form U- 1, duly executed and delivered by Borrower and completed for delivery to the Lender or (ii) a current list of the assets of the Borrower (including all "margin stock" (as defined in Regulation U) from the Borrower), in form acceptable to the Lender and in compliance with Section 221.3(c)(2) of Regulation U.

(d) Additional Matters. All proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender, and the Lender shall have received such other documents and legal opinions in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request.

Each borrowing by the Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by such Borrower as of the date thereof that the conditions contained in this
Section have been satisfied with respect to the Borrower.

12

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as (i) the Commitment remains in effect with respect to it, or (ii) any amount is owing by it to the Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, it shall:

5.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Lender:

(a) as soon as available and in any event within seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a statement of assets and liabilities of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal year, a statement of operations for such fiscal year, a statement of changes in net assets for such fiscal year and the preceding fiscal year, a portfolio of investments as at the end of such fiscal year and the per share and other data for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP (as consistently applied) and all regulatory requirements, and all presented in a manner acceptable to an independent certified public accountants of recognized standing;

(b) as soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the close of the first six-month period of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a statement of assets and liabilities as at the end of such six-month period, a statement of operations for such six-month period, a statement of changes in net assets for such six-month period and a portfolio of investments as at the end of such six-month period, all prepared in accordance with regulatory requirements and all certified (subject to normal year end adjustments) as to fairness of presentation, GAAP (as consistently applied) and consistency by a Responsible Officer; and

(c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than ten (10) days after the end of each month of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the net asset value sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such month, in the form and detail similar to those customarily prepared by the Borrower's management for internal use and reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, certified by a Responsible Officer, as being fairly stated in all material respects; all such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein).

5.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Lender:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5. 1 (a), (b), and (c) and the quarterly report in Section 5.2(c), a certificate of a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.2 stating that (i) to the best of such Responsible Officer's knowledge, the Borrower during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition, contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing except as specified in such certificate;

(b) within five (5) Business Days after they are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports which the Borrower sends to its investors, and within five (5) Business Days after they are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports which each Borrower may make to, or file with, any applicable Governmental Authority;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than ten (10) days after the end of each quarter, a certificate of a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.2 stating that the list of the Borrower's portfolio securities attached to such certificate is true and correct;

13

(d) within five (5) Business Days after they are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, copies of all prospectuses, statements of additional information and prospectus and statement of additional information supplements for the Sub-Funds; and

(e) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request, including, but not limited to, copies of all changes to the Borrower's Prospectus.

5.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of the obligations of whatever nature of the Borrower, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower, as the case may be, or (ii) the failure to timely make payment thereof could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. Except as otherwise permitted herein, continue to engage in (i) the Borrower's investment business in accordance with its Investment Policies and Prospectus and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence, and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except to the extent that failure to take such actions could not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; maintain at all times its status as a registered management investment company authorized and existing under the laws of the United States of America; and maintain at all times Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. as its current primary custodian.

5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. Keep all property useful and necessary in each Borrower's business, if any, in good working order and condition; maintain with reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by entities engaged in the same or similar business or as may otherwise be required by any applicable Governmental Authority, and any errors and omissions insurance; and furnish to each Lender, upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried.

5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all material Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities; and permit representatives of the Lender to visit and inspect any of the Borrower's properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records during normal business hours and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Borrower with officers and employees of the Borrower and with its independent certified public accountants; provided that, unless a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender shall provide the Borrower with five (5) Business Days' prior notice of such visit and shall conduct such visit not more than once a year.

14

5.7 Notices. Promptly give notice to the Lender of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Borrower;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between the Borrower and any Governmental Authority, which in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any litigation or proceeding involving the Borrower in which the amount reasonably determined to be at risk is more than 5% of the Borrower's net assets and not covered by insurance or in which injunctive or similar relief is sought;

(d) any change in a Borrower's Prospectus involving Investment Policies which could materially increase the risks to the shareholders of the Borrower or which would increase the borrowing limits provided for in the Borrower's Prospectus;

(e) its registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940 has been suspended or revoked; and

(f) any development or event in the business activities of the Borrower which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer reasonably setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and if appropriate stating what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

5.8 Purpose of Loans. Use the proceeds of the Loans for temporary or emergency purposes and any other purpose permitted under the Borrowers Prospectus and the 1940 Act, including, without limitation, funding of shareholder redemption's of one of more Sub-Fund. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use any part of such proceeds for any purpose which would violate any provision of its Registration Statement or any applicable statute, regulation, order or restriction, including but not limited to Regulation U; provided, however, that the Lender shall have no responsibility as to the use of any of such proceeds.

5.9 Collateral to Debt Ratio. At all times cause each Sub-Fund to maintain a minimum Collateral to Debt Ratio of 3:1.

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that so long as (i) the Commitment remains in effect with respect to it, or (ii) any amount is owing by it to the Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, directly or indirectly:

6.1 Financial Condition Covenant. Allow the aggregate borrowings and/or Indebtedness of the Borrower to exceed the limits set forth in such Borrower's Prospectus and/or the applicable law and regulations of the United States.

15

6.2 Limitation on Indebtedness, Derivatives. (a) Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness except Indebtedness of the Borrower incurred
(i) under this Agreement and the Note, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower (including liens arising from securities lending, margin accounts, reverse repos and similar investment activities), or (iii) in the form of reverse repurchase transactions, dollar rolls or other transactions entered into primarily for investment purposes which have the effect of borrowing and, in each case, which is not otherwise prohibited by law, is in the ordinary course of business, is not in contravention of the Borrower's Prospectus or the applicable law and regulations of the United States.

(b) Invest in, or incur Indebtedness or other liability to any Person with respect to, any Swap Obligation or derivative instrument (including without limitation any swap, collar, cap, puts, calls, equity derivative or mortgage-backed or debt-backed derivative) unless each of the following is true:
(i) such Swap Obligation or derivative instrument, if marked-to-market on a net daily basis (or marked to value in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Lender), is appropriately reflected in the calculation of Collateral to Debt Ratio, and (ii) the purpose of the investment in such Swap Obligation or derivative instrument is to augment the capital appreciation or current income of or by the Borrower, or to hedge or manage the risk of various current or future exposures of the Borrower.

6.3 Limitation on Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of the property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower, except for (i) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (ii) Liens in favor of the Lender, provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower in conformity with GAAP.

6.4 Limitation on Guarantee Obligation. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any material Guarantee Obligation except as may occur in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business and which is not otherwise prohibited by any Requirement of Law and/or the applicable law and regulations in the United States.

6.5 Limitation on Fundamental Changes. (i) Enter into, any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), (ii) convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of all of the property, business or assets in a single transaction or in related transactions, (iii) make any material change in its present method of conducting business.

6.6 Limitation on Distributions. At any time, make any distribution to the shareholders of the Borrower, whether now or hereafter existing, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Borrower if such distribution results in a Default or Event of Default. During the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default specified in paragraphs (a) or (e) of Section 7.1 or an Event of Default arising in connection with the Borrower's having failed to comply with Section 6.1, the Borrower shall not make any distribution to the shareholders of the Borrower (except as necessary or required to comply with Subchapter M of the Code and/or the Borrower's Prospectus), whether now or hereafter existing, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Borrower.

6.7 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of or any assets constituting a business unit of or make any other investment in, any Person, except those not inconsistent with such Borrower's Investment Policies.

6.8 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any

16

service, with any Affiliate unless such transaction is (a) not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement and/or the applicable laws and regulations of the United States, (b) in the ordinary course of such Borrower's business, and
(c) upon terms which are fair and reasonable in light of comparable quality services it would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate.

6.9 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into with any Person any agreement, other than this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, which prohibits or limits the ability of the Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except such agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business and which are not otherwise prohibited by any Requirement of Law and/or the applicable laws and regulations of the United States.

6.10 Limitation on Changes to Investment Policies. Except as may be required by law, make any changes in the Fundamental Investment Policies of the Borrower without the consent of the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

7.1 Defaults and Events of Default. Subject to the final paragraph of this
Section 7.1, if any of the following events shall occur and be continuing with respect the Borrower (each an "Event of Default"):

(a) the Borrower shall fall to pay any principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, including without limitation any failure to make a mandatory prepayment due pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, within three (3) days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower, or made or deemed made at the Borrower's request, herein or in any other Loan Document or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) permit a material adverse change to occur with respect to the net asset value of the Sub-Fund. Such a "material adverse change" shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time the net asset value of the Sub-Fund shall have declined by more than 25% during any calendar quarter; and 40% during any calendar year; or

(d) the Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days or, solely in the case of such default arising under Sections 5.4, 5.7, 5.9 or 6.5 hereof, five
(5) Business Days; or

(e) the Borrower shall (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans), Interest Rate Agreement, Swap Obligation or in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation, beyond the grace period (not to exceed thirty (30) days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness, Interest Rate Agreement, Swap Obligation or Guarantee Obligation was created, if the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness, Interest Rate Agreement, Swap Obligations and/or Guarantee Obligations in respect of which such default or defaults shall have occurred is equal to the lesser of (A)

17

$10,000,000 or (B) an amount equal to 5% of the Borrower's net assets; or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, Interest Rate Agreement, Swap Obligation or Guarantee Obligation or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation, Interest Rate Agreement, or Swap Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness, Interest Rate Agreement or Swap Obligation to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable if the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness, Interest Rate Agreement, Swap Obligations and/or Guarantee Obligations subject to becoming so due or so payable is equal to the lesser of (A) $10,000,000 or (B) 5% of the Borrower's net assets; or

(f) (i) the Borrower shall commence any case, proceeding or other action with respect to itself (A) under any then applicable law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
(ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower, any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a writ of attachment, execution, or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief or (iv) the Borrower shall take any action in material furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii). or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower shall not, or shall be unable to, pay its debts as they become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower involving in the aggregate a liability (not fully covered by insurance or otherwise paid or discharged) equal to the lesser of (A) $2,500,000 or (B) 5% or more of the Borrower's net assets, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within thirty
(30) days from the entry thereof; or

(h) any of the Loan Documents ceases to remain in full force and effect, or the Borrower challenges the enforceability thereof; or

(i) the Borrower shall fail to materially comply with its Investment Policies in a manner which the Lender, in its sole reasonable discretion, determines could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and such default (or the Material Adverse Effect arising therefrom if any) shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) days after notice from the Lender;

then, and in any such event, the Commitment available to the Borrower shall automatically and immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder made to the Borrower (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable.

Presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

18

7.2 Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary and at the election of the Lender, Defaults and Events of Default shall have the following results:

(a) The Commitment established hereunder shall terminate as to the Borrower;

(b) The unpaid principal amount of the Loans together with accrued interest and all other amounts owed shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and

(c) The Lender may exercise any and all rights it has under this Agreement, the Note and any other Loan Document execution in connection herewith, and proceed to protect and enforce the Lender's rights by any action at law, in equity or other appropriate proceeding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Lender may, in its sole discretion elect to (i) waive or not to waive such a Default or an Event of Default, and/or (ii) continue to make Loans available to the Borrower pursuant to the Commitment and this Agreement. No such waiver of a Default or an Event of Default by the Lender shall constitute a waiver of any other covenant, condition, Default or Event of Default nor shall such waiver constitute a waiver of the same Default or Event of Default occurring at any time thereafter.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in writing and signed by parties to this Agreement.

8.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (which writing may be in the form of a facsimile transmission), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or five
(5) days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case the Borrower and the Lender, and as set forth in Schedule I in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

The Borrower:   Heartland Group, Inc.
                789 North Water Street
                Milwaukee, WI 53202
                Fax: (414) 347-0216
                Attention: General Counsel

The Lender:     Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
                40 Water Street
                Boston, MA 02109
                Telex: 62923BBHUW
                Fax: (212) 493-8998
                S.W.I.F.T.: BBHCUS33
                Attention: Office of the General Counsel - Investor
                Services

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Lender pursuant to
Section 2.2, 2.4 or 2.7 shall not be effective until received.

8.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or

19

under the Note or the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

8.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder or under the Note or in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

8.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnification. The Borrower agrees (i) to reimburse the Lender for its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (up to a maximum of $5,000) incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Lender, (ii) to reimburse the Lender for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement with respect to the Borrower, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Lender, (iii) to indemnify and hold the Lender harmless from. any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents with respect to the Borrower, and (iv) to indemnify and hold the Lender (and its respective affiliates, directors, partners, officers, agents and employees (collectively the "Indemnified Parties") harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, reasonable costs, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever arising from or in connection with the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, the actual or proposed use of proceeds, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents (all the foregoing in this clause (iv), collectively, the "indemnified liabilities"), provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Party with respect to indemnified liabilities arising from (A) with respect to any Indemnified Party, the negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party, (B) with respect to any such Indemnified Party, the failure of such Indemnified Party (and its Affiliates) to comply with any Requirement of Law. The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

8.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the Borrower and the Lender and each of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) The Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking business and in accordance with applicable laws, at any time sell to one or more Eligible Lenders (each a "Participant" and collectively, the "Participants") participating interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any other interest of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

(c) The Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time and from time to time assign to an additional

20

Eligible Lender (an "Assignee") all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to an assignment and acceptance. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date of such assignment and acceptance, (x) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such assignment and acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Lender hereunder with a Commitment as set forth therein, and (y) the Lender shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an assignment and acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of the Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Lender shall cease to be a party hereto and the Commitment of the Assignee shall be in an amount equal to that of the Lender prior to the execution of such assignment and acceptance).

(d) The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to disclose to any Assignee (a "Transferee") and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in the Lender's possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates which has been delivered to the Lender by or on behalf the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Lender's credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

(e) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the provisions of this Section concerning assignments of the Loans and the Note relate only to absolute assignments and that such provisions do not prohibit assignments creating security interests, including, without limitation, any pledge or assignment by the Lender of any Loan or Note to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable law.

8.7 Adjustments; Set-off. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lender provided by law, the Lender shall have the right, with prompt notice subsequent to the exercise of such rights but without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower, to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by a Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, securities, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. This right shall be in addition to any rights to the Lender may have in its capacity as custodian (whether by law, regulation, contract or otherwise).

8.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Lender.

8.9 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

8.10 Waiver of Conflicts; Confidentiality. (a) The Borrower acknowledges that the Lender and its respective affiliates (collectively, the "Bank Parties") may be providing debt financing, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other companies in respect of which the Borrower may have conflicting interests regarding the transactions described herein and otherwise. The Bank Parties will not use Confidential

21

Information obtained from the Borrower by virtue of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or their other relationships with the Borrower in connection with the performance by each of the Bank Parties of services for other companies, and each of the Bank Parties will not furnish any such Confidential Information to other companies. The Borrower also acknowledges that no Bank Party has any obligation to use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or to furnish to the Borrower confidential information obtained from other companies. The obligations of the Lender hereunder shall survive the repayment of the Loans and termination of this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Section. "Confidential Information" shall mean all information received from the Borrower relating to its business, other than any such information that is available to the Lender on a nonconfidential basis other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement. The Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of, and not to use the Confidential Information, except that Confidential Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, partners, employees and agents, including without limitation accountants, legal counsel and other advisors for purposes relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or for conducting legitimate audits (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and will have agreed to keep such Confidential Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any legal or regulatory authority having or claiming jurisdiction over such Person, (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process,
(iv) to any other party to this Agreement for purposes relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this subsection, to any Assignee or Participant or any prospective Assignee or Participant which executes such agreement, or (vii) with the consent of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information as provided in this
Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

8.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD FOR ITS CHOICE OF LAW RULES.

8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. The Borrower and the Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submit for themselves and their respective property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which they are a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any Judgment in respect thereof, to the general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of

22

mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower at its address set forth in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Lender shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this
Section any special, exemplary, indirect, punitive or consequential damages.

8.13 Acknowledgments. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) the Lender has no fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and the relationship between the Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of creditor and debtor; the Lender does however serve as custodian for the Borrower pursuant to a separate Custodian Agreement; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby between the Borrower and the Lender.

8.14 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH HAVE BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY THE PARTIES HERETO, AND THE PROVISIONS HEREFOF SHALL BE SUBJECT TO NO EXCEPTIONS. NO PARTY HERETO HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

8.15 Integration. This Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower and the Lender with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

23

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.
as Lender

By:

Name:


Title:

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.
on behalf of the aforementioned Sub-Funds

By:

Name:


Title:

24

Heartland Group, Inc.

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

US$25,000,000 As of December 21, 2004 Milwaukee, Wisconsin

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Heartland Group, Inc. on behalf of Heartland Value Fund, Heartland Select Value Fund and Heartland Value Plus Fund hereby promises to pay to Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (the "Bank") or order, at the office of the Bank at 140 Broadway, New York, New York 10005, on Maturity Date the principal amount Twenty Five Million Dollars and no/100 (U.S. $25,000,000), or such lesser amount as shall not have been prepaid, in immediately available funds, together with all unpaid Arrangement Fees, Documentation Fees and interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement (as defined below). Interest shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month beginning on January 1, 2005 at the rate per annum as described in the Agreement. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed, including holidays or other days on which the Bank is not open for the conduct of banking business.

All Loans hereunder and all payments on account of principal and interest hereof shall be recorded by the Bank and prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on Schedule I attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. The entries on the records of the Bank (including any appearing on this Note) shall be shall be prima facie evidence of amounts outstanding hereunder.

Overdue payments of principal (whether at stated maturity by acceleration or otherwise), and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest, shall bear interest, compounded monthly and payable on demand in immediately available funds, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time and adjusted daily plus 300 basis points.

This Note is issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, and is subject to, the provisions of a Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between the Borrower and the Bank (herein, as the same may from time to time be amended, extended, superseded or replaced, the "Agreement"). But, neither this reference to the Agreement nor any provision thereof shall affect or impair the absolute and unconditional obligation of the undersigned maker of this Note to pay the principal of and interest on this Note as herein provided.

This Note may, from time to time, be secured by certain personal property of the Borrower.

In the case of a Default or an Event of Default by the Borrower with respect to a Sub-Fund shall occur, the aggregate unpaid principal and accrued interest on this Note by the Borrower with respect to such Sub-Fund shall become or may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.

The Borrower may prepay all or any part of the principal of this Note before the Maturity Date upon the terms provided in the Agreement.


In addition to any rights and remedies of the Bank provided by law, the Bank shall have the right, with prompt notice subsequent to the exercise of such rights but without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by a Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, securities, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Bank or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. This right shall be in addition to any rights to the Bank may have in its capacity as custodian (whether by law, regulation, contract or otherwise).

The Borrower, makers and every endorser and guarantor hereof hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protect and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement hereof and consents that this Note may be extended from time to time and that no such extension of other indulgence, and no substitution, release or surrender of collateral and no discharge or release of any other party primarily or secondarily liable hereon, shall discharge or otherwise affect the liability of the undersigned, or any endorser or guarantor. No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right hereunder, and a waiver of any such right on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right on any future occasion.

This instrument shall have the effect of an instrument executed under seal and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to any conflicts of laws provisions contained therein).

Heartland Group, Inc. on behalf Heartland Value Fund, Heartland Select Value Fund and Heartland Value Plus Fund, each a Sub-Fund thereof

By:
Name:


Title:

26

SCHEDULE I

TO REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE DATED DECEMBER 21, 2004

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC., TO THE BANK

    Name              Amount   Amount of   Outstanding   Notation   Amount
of Sub-Fund   Date   of Loan   Principal    Principal     Made By    Paid    Balance
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

AND ASSIGNMENT OF ACCOUNT

The undersigned, Heartland Group, Inc., an open-end management investment company (the "Company"), duly registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), acting on behalf of each of the Heartland Value Fund, Heartland Select Value Fund and Heartland Value Plus Fund, each a subfund thereof (each a "Sub-Fund" and collectively, the "Sub-Funds") (the Company on behalf of each Sub-Fund, the "Borrower") which is executing this agreement (this "Agreement"), hereby pledges and grants to Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (the "Bank") a continuing security interest in, and collaterally assigns to the Bank its interest in and to the following described property belonging to such Sub-Fund in the accounts maintained with the Bank described below:

All securities, stock, bonds, United States Treasury instruments and other investment property and financial assets reflect as maintained with the Borrower's custodian, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (the "Custodian") in the accounts set forth in Schedule I hereto and in the name of the Borrower as the same are reflected as pledged to the Bank as collateral on the books and records of the Custodian, together with any and all proceeds, replacements or substitutions therefor and other property constituting "Collateral" as defined below.

1. COLLATERAL. The Borrower agrees that the above-listed property, whether in certificated or uncertificated form, now or hereafter owned by the Borrower and which now is or hereafter may be in the possession of the Custodian or its designee and all additions, substitutions and replacements to or of such property, shall be collateral subject to this Agreement without further agreement or identification of such property of any kind, including all cash payments or other property received by the Custodian as dividends, interest, proceeds of any kinds or accretions to such property, and any deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Custodian to the Borrower (all of the foregoing, the "Collateral").

2. OBLIGATIONS. The Borrower hereby agrees that the Collateral belonging to each Sub-Fund which is in the name of the Borrower will be held by the Custodian together with the proceeds thereof, as security for any and all obligations and liabilities of such Borrower to the Bank now existing or hereinafter arising under of in connection with loans made by the Bank to such Borrower on behalf of such Sub-Fund pursuant to a Committed Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2004 by and between the Bank and the Borrower, as such Committed Credit Agreement may be amended, extended, or restated from time to time (the "Credit Agreement"), together with all interest, fee and other amounts payable in connection therewith (the "Obligations"). The Bank agrees that the Collateral belonging to a particular Sub-Fund shall secure the Obligations of the Borrower with respect to such Sub-Fund only, and that, upon the occurrence of an event of default (as defined herein) by the Borrower on behalf of a particular Sub-Fund, the Bank may enforce its rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of such Sub-Fund but shall not extend its rights and remedies to the Collateral of any other Sub-Fund.

3. RIGHTS AND DUTIES AS TO COLLATERAL. The Bank may at any time collect and receive, and at its option apply to the Obligations, any distributions in cash or otherwise payable with respect to the Collateral and, at any time, may demand, sue for, receive and collect or make any compromise or settlement with reference to any Collateral. The Bank may pay for insurance for the Collateral and any charges, taxes, assessments, liens and other expense it deems reasonably desirable to protect, maintain, preserve or collect the Collateral and all expenses incurred will be chargeable to the Collateral. The Bank, at any time, may notify the


obligor(s) on any Collateral to make payments due, or to become due, directly to the Bank. In order to perfect its security interest in the Collateral, the Bank may register the pledge of any such Collateral with its issuer by sending them a copy of this Agreement. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care to assure the safe custody of Collateral, the Bank shall be under no duty or liability to collect the Collateral or the income thereon or to protect or preserve rights pertaining thereto, and shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Collateral upon surrendering it to the Borrower. Upon the occurrence of an event of default (defined below), the Bank shall be entitled to exercise its right to vote any securities comprising the Collateral with notice to the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless against any loss or damage (including indirect, special, consequential and punitive damages) the Bank may suffer and any expense it may incur or claim asserted against it as a result of dealing with the Collateral or any other action it may take in reliance upon any provision of this Agreement.

4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS. The Borrower hereby represents, warrants, and covenants as follows:

(a) The undersigned Borrower (i) is the legal and equitable owner of the Collateral and holds the Collateral free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances and security interests of every kind and nature whatsoever except for the security interest granted hereunder to the Bank, (ii) has good right and legal authority to assign, deliver and/or create a security interest in the Collateral and shall defend its title to the Collateral against all claims of all other persons or entities, (iii) agrees to pay when due, all taxes, assessments, liens, premiums and other charges with respect to or against the Collateral, and (iv) agrees that it will not assign this Agreement or any interest of the Borrower in the Collateral or any part thereof, or otherwise pledge, encumber, or grant any option with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof, except in favor of the Bank.

(b) The undersigned Borrower agrees to deliver to the Bank or otherwise place under its control any and all stock dividends, warrants, options, rights, substituted shares or other securities distributed on account of the Collateral or received on account of the exercise by the Borrower of any option, warrant or right appertaining to any security constituting part of the Collateral. In case such a distribution is made directly to the Custodian, the Borrower will execute such assignments and other documents as the Bank may require in order to adequately make such distribution part of the Collateral hereunder.

(c) The market value of the Collateral, as determined by the Bank in its sole and absolute discretion, shall at all times shall be in an amount such that the aggregate percentage of the market value of the Collateral equals or exceeds 300% of the amount of the outstanding Obligations.

The Bank may adjust the foregoing percentage to reflect changes in applicable law or Bank policy, and the Bank will notify the Borrower as to the effective date of such changes. At any time that the market value of the Collateral shall fall below such level, the Borrower, upon demand, shall deliver to the Bank or otherwise place under its control additional Collateral acceptable to the Bank acting in its sole discretion, sufficient to correct such shortfall.

(d) Upon any maturity date, the Borrower will direct the Custodian to reinvest the funds then due in any other obligation of a substantially similar type and maturity.

(e) The Borrower will at all times do, make, execute, and deliver all such additional and further acts and instruments as the Bank may at any time reasonably request in connection with the administration and enforcement of this Agreement or relative to the Collateral.


5. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT. The Bank is hereby irrevocably appointed by the Borrower as attorney-in-fact for the purposes of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument, such as stock powers, which the Bank may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof.

6. RECORDS OF COLLATERAL. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to keep the official record of all instruments, securities, accounts or other property which may, as a result of reinvestment, substitution, or sale upon or prior to maturity or otherwise, from time to time constitute Collateral. Such records shall be presumed to be true and correct absent manifest error.

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. An event of default ("event of default") shall exist hereunder if the Borrower:

(a) fails to pay or perform when due any of the Obligations;

(b) breaches any of the material covenants contained in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement;

(c) does or attempts to encumber, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, other than in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business, without the prior written consent of the Bank;

(d) causes or permits any of the Collateral is attached or levied upon or seized in any legal proceeding, or a Borrower fails to pay when due any tax on the Collateral;

(e) makes or has made any representation or warranty in this Agreement or in connection with inducing the Bank to make certain credit facilities available pursuant to the Credit Agreement that is or was false or materially misleading when made; or

(f) causes or permits any of the following to occur: the dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, appointment of a receiver for any part of the property of any undersigned Borrower, or any co-maker, accommodation maker, surety or guarantor of the obligations, assignment for the benefit of creditors, the calling of a meeting of creditors, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws, by, or against any undersigned Borrower, or any co-maker, accommodation maker, surety or guarantor of the obligations.

8. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE BANK. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, or at any time thereafter, without further notice or demand, the Bank may declare this Agreement to be in default and thereafter shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party afforded by the Uniform Commercial Code as then in effect in the State of New York or afforded by other applicable law. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, or at any time thereafter, without further notice or demand, the Bank shall have the right to sell, assign and deliver any or all of such Collateral at a private or public sale. Where reasonable notification of the time and place of such sale or other disposition is required by law, such requirement shall be met if the Bank gives to the Borrower, not less than seven (7) days notice in writing mailed, postage prepaid, to the last address of the Fund and the Borrowers known to it, of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral or after which any private sale or intended disposition is to be made. The Bank may purchase the Collateral at a public sale and if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold in a recognized market or the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations, the Bank may purchase the Collateral at a private sale. The Borrower acknowledges that some or all of the Collateral which is not traded on a nationally recognized exchange may be sold at a private sale at prices less favorable than those which could be obtained at a public


sale and the Bank shall not be required to wait for completion of any registration of any investment property in order to comply with state securities laws prior to liquidating any Collateral. All commissions and charges relating to sale of any Collateral shall constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral and shall be payable upon demand. After deducting all costs and expenses of collection, storage, custody, sale or other disposition and delivery and all other charges against the Collateral, the residue of the proceeds of any such sale or other disposition shall be applied to the payment of the Obligations in order of preference as the Bank may determine, with any remaining balance returned to the Borrower, as applicable.

9. WAIVERS. The Borrower hereby waives presentment, notice, protest, notice of acceptance of this Agreement, notice of any credit or other financial accommodations extended, extensions granted, Collateral received or delivered, or any other action taken in reliance thereon, all demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of any note, or other evidence of indebtedness for which any of the Collateral is pledged, and all other demand and notices of any description, and assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other such indulgence to any substitution, exchange or release of Collateral and to the addition or release of any person primarily or secondarily liable.

10. NOTICES. Except as otherwise provided herein, notice to or demand upon the Borrower or the Bank shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served for all purposes thereof, if mailed, postage prepaid:

(i) if to the Borrower Heartland Group, Inc. 789 N. Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 Fax: (414) 347-0216 Attention: General Counsel

(ii) if to the Bank: Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.


40 Water Street
Boston, MA 02109
Telex: 62923BBHUW
Fax: (212) 493-8998
S.W.I.F.T.: BBHCUS33
Attention: Office of the General Counsel
Investor Services

or to such other address as the party to whom such notice is directed may have designated in writing to the other parties hereto.

11. MISCELLANEOUS. No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof of any other right or remedy. Waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. All of the Bank's rights and remedies, whether evidenced hereby or by any other agreement, instrument or paper, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently, and nothing herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any rights the Bank might otherwise have under any other instrument or by law, including, without limiting the generality thereof, the right to negotiate any note or other instrument together with any Collateral specifically described therein. This Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate when all of the Obligations secured hereby have been fully paid and performed. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more phrases, clauses or sections of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining portions of it. This Agreement constitutes an "account control agreement" for purposes of the Bank's perfecting its interest in


the Collateral under Article 8 of the State of New York Uniform Commercial Code and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and their respective successors and assigns.

This instrument shall take effect as an instrument under seal and shall be governed by the law of the State of New York this 21st day of December, 2004.

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.
as Lender

By:

Name:


Title:

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC. on behalf of
Heartland Value Fund, Heartland Select
Value Fund and Heartland Value Plus
Fund, each a Sub-Fund thereof

By:

Name:


Title:


EXHIBIT (j.1)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated February 18, 2005, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appears in the December 31, 2004 Annual Report to Shareholders of Heartland Funds, which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Financial Highlights," "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Financial Statements" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
----------------------------------------
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin

March 1, 2005


EXHIBIT (j.2)

March 1, 2005

Heartland Group, Inc.
789 North Water Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202

Re: Consent to Incorporation of Legal Opinion in Post-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby consent to the incorporation of our opinion regarding the legality of the shares of Heartland Group, Inc. ("Heartland") into the Post-Effective Amendment to Heartland's Registration Statement to which this consent letter is attached as an Exhibit. Our legal opinion appeared as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to Heartland's Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Registration Number 33-11371), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 1999. We also consent to the use of our name in the Statement of Additional Information included as Part B of this Post-Effective Amendment.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Quarles & Brady LLP
----------------------------------------
QUARLES & BRADY LLP

CMW:ba

440213.20107


EXHIBIT (p.1)

BUSINESS

CONDUCT RULES

FOR
HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.
AND
HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.
(Amended and Restated as of November 18, 2004)

Act in the best interest of our investors - earn their confidence with every action


TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS CONDUCT RULES..............................................................1

      I.    Introduction............................................................1

      II.   Administration and Enforcement..........................................2

   A. Interpretation................................................................2

   B. Compliance as Condition of Employment and Disciplinary Sanctions..............2

   C. Compliance Monitoring and the Business Conduct Committee......................2

      1.    Authority...............................................................2

      2.    Special Discretion......................................................3

      III.  Definitions.............................................................3

CODE OF ETHICS......................................................................4

      I.    Introduction............................................................4

      II.   Board Reporting.........................................................4

      III.  Record Retention........................................................5

   A. Retention of Code.............................................................5

   B. Record of Violations and Exceptions...........................................5

   C. Forms and Reports.............................................................5

   D. List of Heartland Persons.....................................................5

   E. Director Reports..............................................................5

   F. Approval of Limited Offerings.................................................6

   G. Transaction Records...........................................................6

      IV.   Definitions.............................................................6

   A. Access Person.................................................................6

   B. Control.......................................................................6

   C. Covered Securities............................................................6

   D. Federal Securities Laws.......................................................7

   E. Heartland Person..............................................................7

   F. Investment Person.............................................................7

   G. Limited Offering..............................................................7

   H. Non-Interested Directors......................................................7

   I. Personal Transactions.........................................................7

      V.    General Trading Guidelines..............................................8

      VI.   Restrictions On Personal Transactions...................................8

   A. Investments In Small Companies Prohibited.....................................8

   B. Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities Prohibited......................9

   C. Pre-Clearance Requirement.....................................................9

-ii-

   D. Black-Out Periods............................................................10

      1.    Access Persons.........................................................10

      2.    Investment Persons.....................................................10

      3.    Exceptions to Black-Out Rules..........................................11

   E. Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits............................................11

   F. Limited Offerings (Private Placements and Private Investment Partnerships)...11

   G. Trading With Clients or Funds Prohibited.....................................12

      VII.  Exempt Transactions....................................................12

   A. Non-discretionary Transactions...............................................12

   B. Non-volitional Transactions..................................................12

   C. Automatic Investment Plans...................................................12

   D. Rights Issuances.............................................................12

      VIII. Reporting and Disclosure Requirements of Heartland Persons.............13

   A. Initial Reports..............................................................13

      1.    Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure............................13

   B. Access Person Quarterly Reports..............................................13

      1.    Transactions...........................................................14

      2.    Accounts...............................................................14

   C. Access Person Confirmations and Statements...................................14

   D. Investment Person Disclosure of Material Interests...........................14

   E. Reporting by Non-Interested Directors........................................15

GIFT POLICY........................................................................16

      I.    Introduction...........................................................16

      II.   Policy.................................................................16

   A. Making of Gifts..............................................................16

   B. Acceptance of Gifts..........................................................16

   C. Customary Business Amenities.................................................17

      III.  Gift Reporting.........................................................17

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES POLICY..........................................................18

      I.    Outside Employment.....................................................18

      II.   Service as a Director of a Public Company..............................18

      III.  Relative in Securities Business........................................18

POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING.....................................................19

      I.    Summary of Heartland Advisors' Policy Against Insider Trading..........19

   A. General Prohibition..........................................................19

   B. What is Material?............................................................19

-iii-

   C. What is Nonpublic?...........................................................19

   D. How Does a Heartland Person's Duty not to use the Information Arise?.........20

   E. What to do if you Receive Insider Information................................20

   F. The Effect of the Restricted List............................................20

   G. Violations...................................................................21

      II.   Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading..................................21

Section 1.1

   A. General Prohibition..........................................................22

      1.    Materiality............................................................22

      2.    Nonpublic..............................................................23

      3.    Information Obtained through Misappropriation..........................25

   B. Insider Trading Prohibitions Specifically Related to Tender Offers...........25

   C. Advice as to Guidelines......................................................25

   D. Application..................................................................25

Section 1.2

   A. Specific Procedures..........................................................26

      1.    Nondisclosure..........................................................26

      2.    Access to Files........................................................26

      3.    Segregated Files.......................................................26

      4.    The Restricted List....................................................26

Section 1.3

   A. Violations...................................................................27

APPENDICES.........................................................................28

-iv-

BUSINESS CONDUCT RULES

I. Introduction

These Business Conduct Rules ("Rules") have been adopted by Heartland Advisors, Inc. and its affiliates, including Heartland Holdings, Inc. and Heartland Value Manager LLC (collectively referred to herein as "Heartland Advisors") and Heartland Group, Inc., a registered investment company (referred to herein as "Heartland Group" or the "Heartland Funds") (Heartland Advisors and Heartland Group shall be collectively referred to herein as "Heartland"), and shall govern the conduct of all Heartland Persons (as hereafter defined) in furtherance of general business, fiduciary, and legal principles and to satisfy certain regulatory requirements discussed below.

Although Heartland believes that personal investment and other activities by Heartland Persons should not be prohibited or discouraged, the nature of Heartland Advisors' fiduciary obligations to the Heartland Funds, Heartland Advisors' separate account clients ("Clients"), and Heartland Fund shareholders necessarily requires certain disclosures with respect to, and results in some restrictions on, the activities of Heartland Persons. These Rules are designed to reflect the following principles that must guide the personal conduct of all Heartland Persons:

. In conducting business activities on behalf of Heartland, Heartland Persons must, at all times, (1) act with integrity, competence and dignity, adhere to the highest ethical standards, and deal fairly with and act in the best interests of Heartland Funds and Clients; (2) comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein); and (3) promptly disclose to the Compliance Officer any circumstances that create an actual or potential conflict with the interests of a Heartland Fund or Client;

. All Personal Transactions of Access Persons in Covered Securities (as these terms are hereafter defined) must be conducted in a manner consistent with these Rules, so as to avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest with the investment activities undertaken for clients with respect to which Heartland Advisors has investment discretion, including Heartland Funds and Clients, and to avoid any abuse of position of trust and responsibility with respect thereto;

. No Heartland Person shall take inappropriate advantage of his or her position with or on behalf of Heartland or as an investment industry professional;

. At no time may any Heartland Person engage in any conduct or activity that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Heartland Funds, Clients, or Heartland Fund shareholders or make any untrue statement or fail to make a statement, that in light of the circumstances could mislead a Heartland Fund, Client, or Heartland Fund shareholder in a material way; and

. No Heartland Person shall reveal to any other person (except as permitted or required in the normal course of his duties on behalf of Heartland) any information that is confidential or proprietary to Heartland, including, but not limited to information regarding investment transactions made, or being considered, by or on behalf of any Heartland Fund or Client.

-1-

Any violation of the Rules, or the principles described herein, may be cause for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Other disciplinary actions may include warnings, periods of "probation" during which personal investment activities are curtailed or prohibited, reversal of Personal Transactions, disgorgement of profits, and fines. Technical compliance with the Rules will not automatically insulate from scrutiny conduct that appears to indicate a pattern of abuse of an individual's legal or fiduciary duties.

II. Administration and Enforcement

A. Interpretation

Questions regarding the interpretation of any provision of the Rules shall be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer of Heartland Advisors ("Compliance Officer"), who shall be responsible for the enforcement of the Rules.

The Compliance Officer or any other person named in the Rules may appoint one or more designees to carry out his or her functions pursuant to the Rules.

B. Compliance as Condition of Employment and Disciplinary Sanctions

Compliance with these Rules is a condition of employment for each Heartland Person. All Heartland Persons are required to certify annually that they have read, understand and have complied with the Rules in the Form attached as APPENDIX A.

C. Compliance Monitoring and the Business Conduct Committee

The Compliance Officer shall review all reports provided by Heartland Persons as required under the Rules to ascertain compliance therewith. The Compliance Officer shall institute any procedures necessary to monitor the adequacy of such reports and to otherwise prevent violations of the Rules.

The Compliance Officer shall meet periodically with the Heartland Business Conduct Committee ("Committee"). The purpose of the Committee is to facilitate monitoring of compliance with the requirements and procedures contained in the Rules and to consider interpretive and remedial action in administration and enforcement of the Rules.

The Committee consists of not less than three members, including the Director of Compliance of Heartland Advisors who shall serve as the Chairman of the Committee.

1. Authority

Subject to oversight by the Committee, the Compliance Officer shall administer, interpret, and enforce the Rules on an ongoing basis. In general, any interpretations or exceptions made and any remedial actions taken under the Rules by the Compliance Officer shall be reported to, but need not be approved by, the

-2-

Committee. However, the Compliance Officer shall be required to have the Committee pre-approve any remedial actions proposed by the Compliance Officer involving fines, restrictions or bans on personal trading activities, or termination of employment. In addition, the Compliance Officer, in his or her sole discretion, may defer action and request the review and approval of the Committee for any proposed exception or interpretation to be made or remedial action to be taken under the Rules.

2. Special Discretion

In exercising their discretion to make exceptions to any provision of the Rules, the Compliance Officer and/or the Committee shall ensure that:

. A determination is made that the application of the provision is not legally required;

. The likelihood of any abuse of the Rules caused as a result of the exception is remote;

. The terms or conditions upon which any exemption is granted is evidenced in a written instrument; and

. A written record of the exception is made and retained by the Compliance Officer.

III. Definitions

For definitions of capitalized terms used in the Rules, please refer to the Definitions section of the Code of Ethics.

-3-

CODE OF ETHICS

I. Introduction

Rule 17j-1 (the "IC Rule") under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "IC Act") requires that an investment company, as well as its investment adviser and principal underwriter, adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their Access Persons from engaging in any fraudulent or unlawful personal trading activity. The IC Rule further requires an investment company to disclose in its registration statement certain information about its code of ethics and to file a copy as an exhibit thereto.

Rule 204A-1 (the "IA Rule") under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "IA Act") requires each investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission to adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to reflect an adviser's fiduciary obligations to its clients and to ensure its Access Persons comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein). In addition, Rules 204A-1 and 204-2 under the IA Act require investment advisers to keep certain records, which must be available for inspection by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), regarding personal investment activities of advisory personnel.

In satisfaction of these regulatory requirements, this Code of Ethics ("Code") includes the principal recommendations in the Report of the Investment Company Institute Advisory Group on Personal Investing dated May 9, 1994.

The Board of Directors of Heartland Group ("Heartland Group Directors"), including a majority of the Non-Interested Directors, must approve the Code on an annual basis, and approve any material change to the Code within six months after adoption of such material change. The Heartland Group Directors must base their approval of the Code, and any material changes to the Code, on a determination that the Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the provisions of the IC Rule. Before approving the Code, the Heartland Group Directors must receive a certification from Heartland Advisors that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

II. Board Reporting

The Compliance Officer shall present the following reports to the Heartland Group Directors:

. Not less frequently than quarterly, a written report identifying any material issues arising under the Code or related procedures, including, but not limited to, any material or recurring violations of the Code or Heartland's related procedures detected since the last such report with a description of the nature of the violation, the person or persons involved, and the remedial action taken. Any violation of the Restrictions on Personal Transactions will be considered material;

-4-

. Not less frequently than quarterly, a written report identifying any material changes to the Code adopted since the last such report. Any such changes must be approved by the Heartland Group Directors, including a majority of the Heartland Group Directors who are not interested persons; and

. Not less frequently than annually, a written report summarizing existing procedures followed in administering the Code and a certification by the Chief Operating Officer, or other senior officer, of Heartland Advisors that the procedures are reasonably designed to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

. The Heartland Group Directors shall consider any issues presented by the Business Conduct Committee and/or the Compliance Officer as well as the certification reports described above, examining them carefully and determining whether any action (including amendment of the Code) is necessary.

III. Record Retention

Heartland Advisors shall maintain at its principal place of business on its own behalf and on the behalf of Heartland Group, the following records. Each record shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years (six for Transaction Records) from the end of the calendar year in which the event requiring the record to be made occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, or as shall otherwise be required under applicable law and regulation:

A. Retention of Code

A copy of the Code.

B. Record of Violations and Exceptions

A record of any exception to the Code made by the Compliance Officer and/or the Business Conduct Committee as permitted by Section II.C and a record of any violation of this Code, and of any action taken as a result thereof.

C. Forms and Reports

A copy of each report made by an Access Person under this Code.

D. List of Heartland Persons

A list of all Heartland Persons who are, or have been, required to make reports under this Code.

E. Director Reports

A copy of each report presented to the Heartland Group Directors under
Section II of the Code.

-5-

F. Approval of Limited Offerings

A copy of each pre-approval of a Limited Offering, including the reasons supporting the pre-approval.

G. Transaction Records

A written record of every transaction in a Covered Security required to be reported by an Access Person under the Code containing the title and amount of the Covered Security involved, the date and nature of the transaction, the price at which the transaction was effected, and the name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected. This record may be satisfied by a trade confirmation, account statement, or other written report received no later than thirty days after the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred.

IV. Definitions

A. Access Person

"Access Person" shall mean (i) any director or officer of Heartland, (ii) any employee of Heartland (or of any company in a Control relationship with Heartland) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities on behalf of a Heartland Fund or Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (iii) any natural person in a Control relationship to Heartland who obtains information concerning purchase and sale recommendations made to any Heartland Fund or Client with regard to Covered Securities. Access Person also includes any other person designated by the Compliance Officer.

B. Control

"Control" shall have the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the IC Act. In general, it means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.

C. Covered Securities

"Covered Security" shall mean any security within the meaning of Section 2(a)(36) of the IC Act, such as common stocks, preferred stocks, closed-end investment companies, debt securities and derivative instruments, including futures contracts, and options on futures contracts, relating to any stock, bond or index. Covered Securities shall also include Limited Offerings (i.e., limited partnership interests and private placement common or preferred stocks or debt instruments), shares of the Heartland Funds and shares of any other open-end investment company for which Heartland Advisors may serve as investment adviser.

-6-

Covered Securities do not include (i) direct obligations of the U.S. Government; (ii) bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements or other high quality short-term debt instruments; (iii) shares of money market funds, or shares of open-end investment companies for which Heartland Advisors does not serve as investment adviser; (iv) options/futures based on broad based indices or interest rates, Standard & Poors Depository Receipts, Treasury instruments, currencies, or agricultural or industrial commodities (e.g., those involving agricultural products or precious metals) that are exchange-traded or quoted on an automated quotation system.

D. Federal Securities Laws

"Federal Securities Laws" shall have the same meaning as in Rule 204A-1(e)(4) of the IA Act.

E. Heartland Person

"Heartland Person" shall mean any employee, officer, director, or general partner of Heartland.

F. Investment Person

"Investment Person" shall mean any employee, officer, or director of Heartland Advisors who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities and any natural person who is a Control person of Heartland Advisors who obtains information concerning such recommendations. Investment Person also includes any other person designated by the Compliance Officer.

G. Limited Offering

A "Limited Offering" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933. These include, for example, private placements and private investment partnerships.

H. Non-Interested Directors

A "Non-Interested Director" shall mean a director of Heartland Group who is not an "interested person" of Heartland Group within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the IC Act. Non-Interested Directors are also Heartland Persons and Access Persons.

I. Personal Transactions

"Personal Transactions" shall mean transactions in Covered Securities in which a Heartland Person has direct or indirect "beneficial ownership" within the meaning of the term as used in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that the term applies to all debt and equity securities and commodity interests. Personal Transactions shall include transactions for: (i) a person's own account; (ii) an account

-7-

owned jointly with another person; (iii) an account in the person's name as a guardian, executor or trustee; (iv) an account in which such person, his spouse, or his minor child residing in his household has a direct or indirect interest; (v) an account of any other relative (e.g., parents, in-laws, adult children, brothers, sisters, etc.) whose investments the person directs or controls whether or not the relative resides with the person, and (vi) an account of any other person, partnership, corporation, trust, custodian, or other entity if, by reason of contract or formal or informal understanding or arrangement, the person has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in such account.

V. General Trading Guidelines

All Access Persons are prohibited from taking personal advantage of their knowledge of recent or impending securities activities for the Heartland Funds or Clients. In accordance with Heartland's Policy Against Insider Trading, Access Persons are generally prohibited from purchasing or selling any security while in the possession of material nonpublic information about the issuer of the security, and from communicating to third parties any such material nonpublic information. Access Persons are further prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic information relating to a Heartland Fund or Client, or any nonpublic information relating to the business or operations of Heartland, unless properly authorized to do so.

When purchasing, exchanging, or redeeming shares of the Heartland Funds, Access Persons must comply in all respects with the policies and procedures set forth in the Heartland Funds' most current prospectus and statement of additional information.

Access Persons are discouraged from engaging in a pattern of securities transactions in any Covered Security that is excessively frequent so as to potentially (i) impact the ability to carry out his or her assigned duties or
(ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

VI. Restrictions On Personal Transactions

The provisions of Section VI shall apply to the Personal Transactions of all Access Persons, except Access Persons who are Non-Interested Directors.

A. Investments In Small Companies Prohibited

Except for sales that qualify as "exempt" transactions under Section VII hereof and transactions in closed-end investment companies, no Investment Person or Access Person may effect a Personal Transaction in a Covered Security (other than a Heartland Fund) whose market capitalization is less than $2 billion.

Access Persons, including Investment Persons, subject to this restriction shall be permitted to sell any such investment if the investment was (i) owned and reported to the Compliance Officer at the time he or she became an Access Person, (ii) acquired other than by purchase (e.g., inheritance, spin-off, etc.), or (iii) was not subject to the limit at the time of purchase. However, any such sales shall be subject to the pre-clearance and reporting provisions of the Code.

-8-

B. Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities Prohibited

All Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing equity securities in initial public offerings ("IPOs"). Further, all Access Persons are prohibited from using the facilities of Heartland Advisors to secure an IPO, directly or indirectly, for any non-client or to indirectly (that is, in circumvention of any procedures established from time to time by Heartland Advisors for allocation of IPOs among the Heartland Funds and Clients) secure an IPO for any Client or Heartland Fund.

C. Pre-Clearance Requirement

Unless the transaction is exempt as provided in Section VII hereof, every Personal Transaction in a Covered Security, including transactions in private placement securities and other Limited Offerings, by an Access Person must be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer. Pre-approval and pre-clearance shall be obtained by using the Personal Trade Request Form as made available by the Compliance Officer from time to time, a current copy of which is attached hereto as APPENDIX B.

Pre-approval and pre-clearance shall be good for three business days inclusive of the day on which approval is granted. An order that is not executed within that time must be re-submitted for pre-approval and pre-clearance.

After receiving a completed Personal Trade Request and Authorization Form from an Access Person, for a transaction in a Covered Security other than a Heartland Fund, the Compliance Officer shall obtain the following approvals before pre-clearing the transaction:

. For all trades: One senior trader

. For equity trades: All equity portfolio managers

. For non-municipal debt: One equity portfolio manager and one fixed-income portfolio manager and the fixed-income analyst that follows corporate bonds at Heartland Advisors.

. For municipal debt: All fixed-income portfolio managers

In approving, traders are asked to review to ensure there are no pending orders for the Covered Security on the trading desk and portfolio managers are asked to identify if they anticipate any Heartland Fund or Client trading activity in the Covered Security within the next 15 days. If one manager is unavailable, another manager may approve on his behalf if he is reasonably certain the security is not under consideration for investment for any Heartland Fund or Client with respect to which the absent portfolio manager has investment discretion.

A portfolio manager may not pre-approve his own transaction.

-9-

For transactions in a Heartland Fund, other than transactions exempt under
Section VII, the Access Person must submit a completed Fund Personal Trade Request Form for the Heartland Funds, a current copy of which is attached hereto as APPENDIX C, and obtain pre-approval and pre-clearance from the Compliance Officer.

D. Black-Out Periods

The black-out periods set forth below shall apply solely to the individual security in question and not to the issuer generally. Black-out periods shall be determined exclusive of the day on which the Heartland Fund or Client transaction is effected or being considered. In the event of a violation of these provisions, if the violation results from a transaction that can be reversed prior to settlement, such transaction shall be reversed with any costs being borne by the Access Person. If reversal is not practical or possible, then the security shall be sold and any profit realized from the transaction, net of commissions, shall be disgorged to a charity selected by the Business Conduct Committee.

1. Access Persons

Unless the transaction is exempt under this Code, no Access Person may (i) execute a Personal Transaction on a day during which a Heartland Fund or Client has a pending "buy" or "sell" order in that same security, until the "buy" or "sell" order for the Heartland Fund or Client in that security is executed or withdrawn, or (ii) execute a Personal Transaction when the security is being considered for purchase or sale on behalf of a Heartland Fund or Client.

Note: A security is "being considered for purchase or sale" when a recommendation to purchase or sell such security has been made and communicated by an Investment Analyst, in the course of his normal business duties, to the Portfolio Manager responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of a Heartland Fund or Client, and such recommendation is under active consideration by the Portfolio Manager.

2. Investment Persons

No Investment Person may effect a Personal Transaction within seven calendar days before or after a trade is executed on behalf of any Heartland Fund or Client (the "7-Day Rule") for which that person is either
(i) the portfolio manager for the Heartland Fund or Client account that traded the Covered Security or (ii) the investment analyst for the Covered Security traded.

For supervisors of equity portfolio managers, research analysts/associates, the chief operating officer, and the traders, the 7-Day Rule shall apply more broadly to any Covered Securities traded in any Heartland Fund or Client account.

-10-

3. Exceptions to Black-Out Rules

a. Highly Liquid Securities

Personal Transactions in stocks (and in convertible preferred stocks convertible into such common stocks) of companies with market capitalization's of $5 billion or more at the time of purchase or sale shall not be subject to the black-out periods set forth above. These stocks are believed to be sufficiently liquid and actively traded such that investment transactions undertaken for Clients or the Heartland Funds are unlikely to have any significant impact on the market price of such stocks. However, because options and other derivatives may involve leverage that magnifies the effect of even small price changes in the underlying stock, Personal Transactions in options and other derivatives remain subject to such blackout periods.

b. Heartland Funds

Personal Transactions in shares of a Heartland Fund shall not be subject to the blackout periods set forth above.

E. Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits

Access Persons are prohibited from profiting in the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days (the 60 day ban applies irrespective of when an Access Person first purchased securities of the issuer). However, in the event that (i) the effect of a transaction is to substitute an equity derivative position in a security with a comparable number of shares of the underlying security, or vice versa, (ii) the substitution transactions occur within the same trading day, and (iii) the value of the substituted position increases and decreases relative to increases and decreases in the value of the original derivative or underlying security position, then, the transactions implementing the substitution shall be permitted. Exceptions to the 60-day ban may be granted for hardship on a case-by-case basis by the Compliance Officer.

F. Limited Offerings (Private Placements and Private Investment Partnerships)

Any purchase of a Limited Offering by an Access Person shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer and in the case of a purchase by an Investment Person, the prior approval of the Non-Interested Directors or their designee. In approving the purchase of a Limited Offering, consideration shall be given to whether the investment should be reserved for Heartland Funds or Clients, and whether such opportunity is being offered to such Access Person by virtue of his or her position with the Heartland Funds or Clients.

Furthermore, no Access Person may have a 5% or more ownership interest in a private investment partnership. If an Access Person's ownership interest becomes 5% or more because of a non-volitional act, the Access Person must immediately notify the Compliance Officer.

-11-

G. Trading With Clients or Funds Prohibited

All Access Persons are prohibited from, directly or indirectly, purchasing any Covered Security from, or selling any Covered Security to, a Client or Heartland Fund.

VII. Exempt Transactions

The following transactions shall be exempt from the pre-clearance requirements and other provisions of Section VI hereof, but the reporting and disclosure requirements of Section VIII hereof shall apply:

A. Non-discretionary Transactions

Purchases or sales effected in any account over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, or in any account of the Access Person which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person: (a) unrelated to the Access Person; (b) whom Access Person does not, in fact, influence or control; and (c) with whom the Access Person does not confer or otherwise participate in connection with the purchase and sale of securities in the account.

Note: Any registered investment adviser retained by an Access Person shall be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer before the Access Person may rely upon this exemption. For this purpose, transactions effected under a power of attorney or a brokerage account agreement are not eligible for this exemption unless they contain an express delegation of investment discretion.

B. Non-volitional Transactions

Purchases or sales that are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person, including mergers, recapitalizations or similar transactions. Non-volitional transactions also include gifts of a Covered Security to an Access Person over which the Access Person has no control of the timing.

C. Automatic Investment Plans

A program in which regular periodic purchases or sales are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including an issuer's automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

D. Rights Issuances

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

-12-

VIII. Reporting and Disclosure Requirements of Heartland Persons

The initial and quarterly reporting requirements of this Section A through C shall not apply to Non-Interested Directors except as provided by Section VIII.E.

No Report made under this section shall be construed as an admission by the reporting person that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the reportable items.

A. Initial Reports

No later than 10 calendar days after commencement of employment, and at least annually thereafter, the following reports must be completed, which contain information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date each such report is submitted:

B. Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure

. Each Access Person is required to complete and return to the Compliance Officer the Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure acknowledging that he or she has read, understands and has complied with the Code. A copy of the Certificate is attached as APPENDIX A.

. Access Persons are required to disclose to the Compliance Officer (i) all securities and commodities accounts that Personal Transactions are conducted in and (ii) all personal holdings in Covered Securities on the Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure attached as APPENDIX A.

C. Access Person Quarterly Reports

Every Access Person shall complete and submit a Quarterly Report to the Compliance Officer that discloses the information set forth below with respect to all Personal Transactions and all securities and commodities accounts that Personal Transactions are conducted in during the quarter. Every Quarterly Report shall be submitted not later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter.

Access Persons need not make a Quarterly Report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Compliance Officer or information previously reported under Section VIII.A.2 (i).

The Quarterly Report shall be in the form published by the Compliance Officer from time to time, the current form of which is attached as APPENDIX D.

-13-

D. Transactions.

The Quarterly Report shall contain the following information for each reportable transaction:

. The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares and the principal amount of the security involved;

. The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

. The price at which the transaction was effected;

. The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

. The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

E. Accounts.

The Quarterly Report shall contain the following information for each reportable account:

. The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

. The date the account was established; and

. The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

F. Access Person Confirmations and Statements

All Access Persons maintaining securities or commodities accounts shall direct their brokers to furnish the Compliance Officer on a timely basis, duplicate copies of all confirmations and account statements.

G. Investment Person Disclosure of Material Interests

If an Investment Person wishes to invest or make a recommendation to invest in a security for a Heartland Fund or Client, and such person currently owns the security, such person must first disclose such interest to the Director of Compliance and the Chief Operating Officer of Heartland Advisors and obtain their consent. The Director of Compliance and the Chief Operating Officer may only grant consent if the Investment Person has no material interest in the security. A material interest includes beneficial ownership of any securities (including derivatives, options, warrants or rights), offices,

-14-

directorships, significant contracts, or interests or relationships that are likely to affect the Investment Person's judgment.

H. Reporting by Non-Interested Directors

A Non-Interested Director shall report a non-exempt Personal Transaction in Covered Securities to the Compliance Officer within 30 calendar days of the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction was effected if, at the time such transaction was effected, the Non-Interested Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director of Heartland Group, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction by the Non-Interested Director, the security is or was purchased or sold by a Heartland Fund or was considered for purchase or sale.

In addition, Non-Interested Directors shall report to the Compliance Officer any 5% or more ownership interest in a private investment partnership.

-15-

GIFT POLICY

I. Introduction

Gifts may only be given (or accepted) if they are in accordance with normally accepted business practices and do not raise any question of impropriety. A question of impropriety may be raised if a gift influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient. The following outlines Heartland's policy on giving and receiving gifts to help us maintain those standards and is applicable to all Heartland Persons (other than Non-Interested Directors).

II. Policy

A. Making of Gifts

Heartland Persons and members of their immediate family may not make any gift, series of gifts, or other thing of value, including cash, loans, personal services, or special discounts ("Gifts") in excess of $100 per year to any Heartland Fund or Client, any one person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of Heartland or any Heartland Fund or Client, or any company held by a Heartland Fund or Client or their management (collectively referred to herein as "Business Relationships").

B. Acceptance of Gifts

Heartland Persons and members of their immediate family may not accept any Gift of material value from any single Business Relationship. A Gift will be considered material in value if it influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient. In the event the aggregate fair market value of all Gifts received from any single Business Relationship is estimated to exceed $250 in any 12-month period, the Access Person must immediately notify the Compliance Officer.

If the Gift is from any person, entity or person affiliated with an entity that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD") that does business with or on behalf of Heartland, or is made in connection with the sale or distribution of registered investment company or variable contract securities, the aggregate fair market value of all such Gifts received by you from any single Business Relationship may never exceed $100 in any 12-month period.

Occasionally, Heartland employees are invited to attend or participate in conferences, tour a company's facilities, or meet with representatives of a company. Such invitations may involve traveling and may require overnight lodging. Generally, all travel and lodging expenses provided in connection with such activities must be paid for by Heartland. However, if appropriate, and with prior approval from your manager, you may accept travel related amenities if the costs are considered insubstantial and are not readily ascertainable.

-16-

The solicitation of a Gift is prohibited (i.e., you may not request a Gift, such as tickets to a sporting event, be given to you).

C. Customary Business Amenities

Customary business amenities are not considered Gifts so long as such amenities are business related (e.g., if you are accepting tickets to a sporting event, the offerer must go with you), reasonable in cost, appropriate as to time and place, and neither so frequent nor so costly as to raise any question of impropriety. Customary business amenities which you and, if appropriate, your guests, may accept (or give) include an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, green fees, an invitation to a reception or cocktail party, or comparable entertainment.

III. Gift Reporting

All Gifts shall be reported to the Compliance Officer on the Gift Disclosure Report attached as APPENDIX E.

-17-

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES POLICY

Any Heartland Person who proposes to engage in Outside Employment or Service as a Director of a Public Company may do so on the Outside Activities Request Form attached as APPENDIX F.

I. Outside Employment

No Heartland Person (other than Non-Interested Directors) shall accept employment or compensation as a result of any business activity (other than a passive investment), outside the scope of his or her employment with Heartland unless such person has provided prompt written notice of such employment or compensation to the Compliance Officer, and, in the case of securities-related employment or compensation, has received the prior written approval from the Compliance Officer.

II. Service as a Director of a Public Company

No Heartland Person (other than Non-Interested Directors) shall serve on a board of directors of a public company or other for profit entity without the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer and the Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors. In approving a request, a determination shall be made that the board service would not be inconsistent with the interests of the Heartland Funds or Clients. Any such approval shall be subject to any procedures the Compliance Officer deems appropriate to prevent the misuse of material non-public information that may be acquired through board service, and other procedures or investment restrictions that may be required to prevent actual or potential conflicts of interest. These procedures shall, at a minimum, require that such person is isolated from investment decisions with respect to securities issued by such company.

Any Non-Interested Director who serves on a board of directors of a public company or other for profit entity must provide written notification to the Compliance Officer of Heartland Advisors at the time such service begins.

III. Relative in Securities Business

Heartland Persons (other than Non-Interested Directors) are required to immediately disclose to the Compliance Officer any spouse, other family member, or anyone residing within such person's household who is employed in the securities or commodity industry.

18

POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

I. Summary of Heartland Advisors' Policy Against Insider Trading

A. General Prohibition

Any Heartland Person who becomes aware of material nonpublic information should not (without first discussing with Heartland's Compliance Officer):

. Trade for a personal or client's account

. Recommend transactions in the security, or

. Disclose (tip) the information to others

B. What is Material?

Information is material if it has market significance - information a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision. Examples:

. Earnings estimates, changes in dividends, stock splits and other financial projections

. Major new discoveries or advances

. Acquisitions, mergers and tender offers

. Sales of substantial assets

. Changes in debt ratings

. Significant write-downs or additions to reserves

C. What is Nonpublic?

Information that is not widely available or disseminated. You should be able to point to a public source for public information - newspaper, press release, etc. Examples:

. Information available to a select group of analysts or institutional investors

. Undisclosed facts that are the subject of rumors

. Information given on a confidential basis until it is made public and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond
(historically than has been 72 hours)

19

D. How Does a Heartland Person's Duty not to use the Information Arise?

Any Heartland Person who obtains material nonpublic information is subject to the prohibitions described in section I. A. above. The information must be reported to the Compliance Officer who will consider the source of the information and the complex legal duties surrounding the information. These decisions are only to be made in consultation with the Compliance Officer. Some of the considerations that result in a Heartland Person having a duty with respect to the information are:

. Information obtained from a Heartland affiliate defined as any company where we hold 5% or more of the outstanding shares

. Information obtained with the expectation that it will be kept on a confidential basis

. Information obtained through breach of someone's fiduciary duty - this is very often the case in our business where a corporate officer of an issuer, or an advisor to a company, has a duty not to disclose the information and they wind up disclosing it either selectively to a small group of analysts or institutional investors or they disclose it for a quid pro quo

. Information obtained through misappropriation - obtained the information for a proper purpose but used it for a contrary purpose (how lawyers, investment bankers, printers, etc. get caught)

. Any information relating to a tender offer or potential tender offer is subject to even stricter rules

E. What to do if you Receive Insider Information

. Do not trade, recommend or tip based on the information.

. Report the information to the Compliance Officer so the security can be placed on Heartland Advisors' Restricted List, if appropriate.

. Any materials or correspondence relating to the information are to be segregated from the files and held by the Compliance Officer as confidential.

F. The Effect of the Restricted List

. No Heartland Person may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for his or her own account, family accounts or other personal accounts over which he or she exercises discretion or influence.

. No Heartland Person may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for any Heartland Fund or Client account.

20

G. Violations

Violations of this policy, or any other disclosure of material, nonpublic information, must be reported to the Compliance Officer immediately. Violations will be taken seriously and may result in disciplinary action, as well as the following regulatory action:

. For individuals who trade on inside information (or tip others):

. Civil penalty of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided

. Criminal fine of up to $1 million (no matter how small the profit); and

. Jail term of up to 10 years

. For a company (as well as any supervisory person) that fails to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal trading:

. Civil penalty of the greater of $1 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the employee's violation; and

. Criminal penalty of up to $2.5 million

Remember: Any alleged insider trading will be viewed with 20/20 hindsight, which often makes information and timing difficult to explain away!

II. Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading

The Insider Trading Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 includes a variety of provisions to deter, detect and punish insider trading violations. The penalties for violations of the law are severe. The law imposes civil penalties of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of an unlawful purchase or sale or communication of inside information, plus disgorgement of the profit. The law also imposes a special responsibility on broker-dealers and investment advisers to establish written supervisory procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information by the broker-dealer, investment adviser or any person associated with them.

The following sections describe the procedures that will be followed by Heartland Advisors to prevent and detect insider trading violations. Any questions regarding these procedures should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer.

21

Section 1.1

A. General Prohibition

A Heartland Person who becomes aware of material information that has not been disclosed to the marketplace generally should not, without first discussing the matter with the Compliance Officer or legal counsel, trade in (purchase or sell) the securities of the company to which the information relates, either on behalf of a Heartland Advisors Client or for his or her own or related account, recommend transactions in such securities, or disclose that information (tip) to others. These restrictions apply if such information has been acquired improperly or, though acquired properly, has been obtained in circumstances in which there is a reasonable expectation that it will not be used for trading purposes, or where the information relates to a tender offer and came from a tender offer participant.

In particular, no employee should trade, tip or recommend the securities of any issuer having obtained material, nonpublic information on a confidential basis, from an insider in breach of his or her duty, or through "misappropriation." On the other hand, there is no prohibition against using information obtained legitimately through one's own analyses or appropriate investigative efforts.

Materiality

Information is "material" if it has market significance; this is, if its public dissemination is likely to affect the market value of securities, or if it is otherwise information that a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision.

While it is impossible to list all types of information which might be deemed material under particular circumstances, information dealing with the following subjects is often found to be material:

. Earnings estimates and other financial projections

. Dividends

. Major new discoveries or advances in research

. Acquisitions, including mergers and tender offers

. Sales of substantial assets

. Changes in debt ratings

. Significant write-downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities

22

On the other hand, information is generally not material if its public dissemination would not have a market impact, or if the information would not likely influence a reasonable investor making an investment decision. Since such judgments may ultimately be challenged with the benefit of hindsight, and the consequences of a wrong decision are potentially severe, an employee should contact the Compliance Officer or legal counsel for advice as to whether particular information is material.

Nonpublic

Information that has not been disclosed to the public generally is "nonpublic."

To demonstrate that certain information is public, a Heartland Person should be able to point to some fact showing that it is widely available. Information would generally be deemed widely available is it has been disclosed, for example, in the broad tape, Wall Street Journal, or widely circulated public disclosure documents, such as prospectuses, annual reports or proxy statements. Nonpublic information may include (i) information available to a select group of analysts or brokers or institutional investors, (ii) undisclosed facts which are the subject of rumors, even if the rumors are widely circulated, and (iii) information that has been imparted on a confidential basis, unless and until the information is made public and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond to a public announcement of the information.

Information from Affiliates. Use of "insider" information obtained from an affiliate of Heartland Advisors could subject both Heartland Advisors and the affiliate to penalties for insider trading.

Information Obtained on a Confidential Basis. When a Heartland Person obtains information from a source with the expectation that he or she will keep such information confidential, the Heartland Person is prohibited from using that information to trade, tip or recommend securities and such confidential information may not be given to affiliates of Heartland. The expectation of confidentiality may be either explicitly set forth or implied by the nature of the Heartland Person's relationship with the source of the information.

Heartland Persons who are directors and/or officers of a publicly traded company must not trade in their own account based upon nonpublic information obtained in a director and/or officer capacity. Further, no such person may order, direct or influence any trade in such a security for a Heartland Advisors Client account or for a mutual fund managed by Heartland Advisors. All such decisions for Client accounts or managed funds must be made solely by a Heartland Person who is not an officer or director of the subject company. The employee making the investment decision may not discuss the subject company with the officer or director or otherwise communicate with such person regarding the investment decision. In addition, prior to making a trade in such a security, the employee should consult the Compliance Officer, who will confirm with the director or officer that he or she is not is possession of material, nonpublic information obtained in a director and/or officer capacity which would require the subject company to be placed on Heartland Advisor's Restricted List. Alternatively, with respect to Client

23

accounts, Heartland Advisors may return discretionary control over a client's holdings in the publicly traded company to the client.

Information Obtained through a Breach of Fiduciary Duty. Even in the absence of an expectation of confidentiality, Heartland Persons are prohibited from trading, tipping or recommending securities on the basis of material, nonpublic information disclosed by an insider in breach of fiduciary or similar duty.

i. The "Personal Benefit" Test. Whether an insider breaches his or her fiduciary duty by disclosing information is not always an easy determination to make and depends in large part on the purpose of the disclosure. If the insider may benefit personally from the disclosure, it is improper to use that information to recommend or trade securities. A "personal benefit" test will be present if:

. The insider receives a pecuniary or reputational benefit by disclosing the information,

. He or she makes a "gift" by disclosing the information to a friend or relative, or

. There is an expected payment, exchange or other quid pro quo on the part of the insider.

ii. Controlling Person Liability. Even though an insider may not benefit personally from use of insider information, if a controlling person of the insider benefits from the insider's action, substantial penalties can be imposed upon the controlling person. Depending upon the circumstances, the term "controlling person" could apply to Heartland Advisors itself, its officers and directors, managers and affiliates.

iii. Selective Disclosure. Employees should be particularly sensitive to the possibility of a breach by an insider if highly material information is selectively disclosed to one person rather than to a large group of industry analysts or by a press release. In such cases, it is important to consider carefully the motivation of a source in disclosing the information and, in particular, consider whether there is any personal benefit to the source from the disclosure. Again, any questions should be referred to the Compliance Officer or legal counsel. Improper disclosures should be distinguished from the usual situation in which company officers routinely answer questions about previously issued press releases, earnings reports or regulatory filings, or otherwise help fill in gaps of investment analysis.

iv. Temporary Insiders. Employees should be aware that for purposes of finding a breach by an "insider," the term "insider" is broadly defined to include not only typical insiders, such as officers and directors, but also "temporary insiders." "Temporary insiders" include, for example, investment bankers, accountants, lawyers, consultants or investment

24

managers who have entered into a relationship with entity that gives them access to information solely for the entity's purposes. As with the "personal benefit" standard, the "temporary insider" standard is difficult to apply in some situations, and advice of counsel should be sought.

Information Obtained through Misappropriation

"Misappropriated" information is information that has been improperly obtained or, though obtained properly, is being used improperly for a purpose contrary to the purpose for which it was given. For example, if a printer, a commercial banker or a lawyer passes along to others material, nonpublic information entrusted to him or her by a client, misappropriation may have occurred. Thus, if such a person divulges the information to a person who knows of that relationship, and the person trades, tips or recommends the client's securities, liability as a "tippee" with respect to the misappropriated information may be found. No employee may trade, tip or recommend affected securities where he or she has reason to believe the information has been misappropriated.

Insider Trading Prohibitions Specifically Related to Tender Offers

Under SEC Rule 14e-3, no person may trade, tip or recommend securities of a company that is a target of a tender offer if such person possesses material, nonpublic information regarding the tender offer, and that information was obtained, directly or indirectly, from certain sources.

. This special prohibition dealing with tender offers applies regardless of the manner in which the information was obtained, whether by "misappropriation," breach of duty or otherwise. Such trading is unlawful where the trader has reason to believe that the information was obtained, directly or indirectly, from the bidder, the target or a person acting on behalf of the bidder or target.

. The rule applies to trading, tipping and recommendations even before a tender offer is made. It is enough that a "substantial step" to begin a tender offer has been taken. A substantial step includes, for example: (1) the formulation of a plan to make a tender offer, (2) arranging the financing for a tender offer, (3) preparation of tender offer materials, or (4) commencement of negotiations with dealers to participate in a tender offer.

Advice as to Guidelines

Any question as to the applicability or interpretation of these guidelines or the propriety of any desired action must be discussed with the Compliance Officer, or legal counsel, prior to trading or disclosure of the information.

Application

The restrictions on trading securities imposed by this Section 1.1 apply to anyone receiving material nonpublic information.

25

Section 1.2

A. Specific Procedures

The procedures in the following section are designed to prevent material nonpublic information that may have been obtained in confidence from being improperly disclosed or used. These procedures do not restrict the flow of public information.

Nondisclosure

Any Heartland Person who becomes aware of material nonpublic information may not trade the securities of the company to which the information relates, make any comment which could be viewed as a recommendation of such securities, or disclose the information to others, without first discussing the matter with the Compliance Officer. Further, any Heartland Person who acquires material nonpublic information on a confidential basis, from an insider in breach of his or her duty, or through "misappropriation," may not, as long as he or she possesses such material nonpublic information, trade the securities of the company to which the information relates, make any comment which could be viewed as a recommendation, or disclose the information to others, other than to report such fact to the Compliance Officer and to request that the issuer of the securities be placed on the Restricted List.

Access to Files

Personnel from outside the firm, including employees of affiliates who are not also employees of Heartland Advisors, should not be allowed access to any Heartland Advisors corporate or client file without, in each case, specific permission from the Compliance Officer.

Segregated Files

The Compliance Officer, or his or her designee, shall establish separate files to store correspondence and documents that are or may be considered confidential. No person shall be offered access to files unless that person has supplied the documents kept in the files.

The Restricted List

A Restricted List of securities shall be prepared by the Compliance Officer and distributed, as necessary, to all Heartland Advisors employees. The list shall restrict trading activities with respect to the securities of issuers placed on the list. The list itself shall be confidential. When any Heartland Person obtains information believed to be material and nonpublic, he or she should report the particulars to the Compliance Officer in order that the issuer of the securities may be placed on the Restricted List. Once the information becomes public or immaterial, the issuer may be removed from the Restricted List. As long as an issuer is on the Restricted List:

26

No employee may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for his or her own account, family account, or other personal accounts over which he or she exercises discretion or influence, and

No employee may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for any Client's account (other than on an unsolicited basis).

Section 1.3

A. Violations

Any violation of these procedures or any other disclosure or use of material nonpublic information should be reported to the Compliance Officer or legal counsel immediately. Violations may result in disciplinary action up to and including fines and/or termination.

27

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A   Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure

APPENDIX B   Personal Trade Request Form

APPENDIX C   Fund Personal Trade Request Form

APPENDIX D   Quarterly Security Transaction Report

APPENDIX E   Gift Disclosure Report

APPENDIX F   Outside Activities Request Form

28